All features

Everything Frame Job does, by area. Type in the box to filter by name, menu, shortcut or what a feature does, and follow a name to the page that explains it.

2594 features

Getting started

Feature	What it does	Where
What Frame Job needs	Frame Job runs on an Apple Silicon Mac with macOS 26 or later.
Download and install	The newest signed and notarized build is a DMG on the project's GitHub Releases page; drag Frame Job to Applications.	The project's GitHub Releases page
What a first launch asks	Frame Job asks for no account, key or system permission at first launch, and with nothing to open it shows the Welcome window.	Welcome window
Your first edit, start to finish	Open a movie, cut a section out, add a title and export an H.264 file.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
The editor window	Each project opens in one window: title bar, toolbar, preview and inspector side by side, the timeline bar and the timeline.	Editor window
Title bar	The title bar shows the project's name; its subtitle gives the canvas size, frame rate and "edited" while changes are unsaved.	Title bar
Toolbar	A strip under the title bar holds the transport, the timecode, the preview zoom, Safe and Export….	Top of the editor window
Timeline bar	A bar above the timeline names the selection and holds the clip tools, Snap, the level meter, zoom and track size.	Above the time ruler
Pane dividers and remembered sizes	Drag the dividers to size the inspector and the timeline; new windows open at the sizes you chose.	The dividers left of the inspector and above the timeline
Minimize and Zoom	The standard window commands: Minimize sends the window to the Dock and Zoom makes it larger or smaller.	Window ▸ Minimize, Window ▸ Zoom ⌘M
Project	A project is one .framejob package: a single file in the Finder that holds the edit and its caches.
Media and clips	Media is a file the project knows about; a clip is one placement of something on the timeline.
Tracks and stacking	There is one kind of track, it holds any clip, and tracks stack back to front.
The canvas	The canvas is the fixed frame every clip is drawn into, at the project's size and frame rate.
Nests	A nest collapses several clips into one clip that stands for the group.
The five inspector tabs	The inspector has five tabs: Clip, Media, Document, Transcript and Assistant.	Inspector tab strip, editor window middle right
The Clip tab's pinned block	Above its sections the Clip tab pins the selection header, the action lane and the sub-tabs.	Inspector ▸ Clip tab
Sub-tabs follow the selection	Text, Shape, Graphic, Picture, Color, Sound and Clip sub-tabs split the Clip tab, showing only what the selection can use.	Clip tab ▸ sub-tab strip
Selection follows to the Clip tab	Clicking a clip moves the inspector to the Clip tab, unless you're on Transcript, which stays and scrolls to that clip's first word.	Click a clip on the timeline or the canvas
Folding sections and their summaries	Click a section's header to fold it; a folded header keeps a one-line summary of what is inside, and the fold is remembered.	Any inspector section header
Hide or show the inspector	View ▸ Hide Inspector collapses the inspector so the preview takes its space; the item then reads Show Inspector.	View ▸ Hide Inspector ⌥⌘I
Typing a value	A number field applies your value on Return, Tab or a click elsewhere, throws it away on Esc, and holds it to the field's range.	Inspector number and text fields ↩
Quick-pick chevrons	A field with common values has a chevron at its right that opens a menu of them.	The chevron at the right of a value field
Sliders	A click on a slider jumps to that value and a drag follows the pointer, as one undo step.	Click or drag an inspector slider
Colour swatches and the colour panel	Clicking a colour swatch opens the macOS colour panel, with opacity, and the value follows it live.	Any colour swatch
Edit several clips at once	With several clips selected, a row whose values differ shows a mixed badge, and an edit gives every clip it applies to the same value.	Inspector row
Section Reset	A Reset button appears on a section's header only while the section differs from its default, and puts the whole section back.	Inspector section header
Right-click menu on a row	Right-click an inspector row to reset it to its default, take it out of an action, or go to another action that changes it.	Right-click a row in the inspector
Single-letter editor keys	Space, the letter keys, comma, period and the arrow keys act on the editor window whenever you are not typing and no sheet is open.	Editor window, Preview Window Space
⌘ shortcuts follow their menu item	Every ⌘ shortcut is a menu shortcut, and does nothing while its item is greyed out.	Menu bar
Start and finish typing	A field takes the keys only when you click in it or choose a command that opens one for typing, and hands them back when you finish.	Any field ↩
Delete keys in a text field	Delete, ⌘⌫, ⌘↓ and ⌘↑ act on the timeline, but in a text field they keep their usual text meaning.	Any text field ⌫
Multi-line field keys	In a multi-line field, Return applies the text and Return with ⇧, ⌘, ⌥ or ⌃ starts a new line.	Text tab ▸ Content, the Assistant's message field ↩
Keys in a sheet	In a sheet, Return presses the main button and Esc presses Cancel.	Any sheet ↩
What Esc leaves	Esc backs out of whatever is under way, such as a canvas drag, crop mode, region mode, an eyedropper or a selected curve point.	⎋
Undo and Redo	Edit ▸ Undo and Edit ▸ Redo walk back and forward one step at a time.	Edit ▸ Undo, Edit ▸ Redo ⌘Z ⇧⌘Z
What one step is	A menu command or key is one step however many clips it changes, and a gesture is one step from mouse-down to mouse-up.
Named steps	The Edit menu names the step it will take back, for example Undo Move Clips.	Edit ▸ Undo
What makes no step	Anything that does not change the project makes no undo step.
The Refused line in the inspector	When a rule won't allow an edit, Frame Job beeps, changes nothing and shows a "Refused:" line at the foot of the inspector saying why.	Foot of the inspector
A beep with no message	An edit that would change nothing beeps but shows no message, because no rule was broken.
An error alert	A request Frame Job can't use at all, such as a value outside its allowed range, shows an error alert naming the value.
Your own keys, your own bill	There is no Frame Job account or relay: the cloud features run on your own API keys, and the provider bills you directly.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant or Transcription ⌘,
What needs a key	Anything that sends your words or audio to a language or cloud model needs your own key; everything that runs on your Mac needs none.
Greyed commands and their tooltips	A command that needs a key you have not set is greyed rather than hidden, and says which key and where to set it.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Saving a key takes effect at once	Saving or removing a key updates open sheets and menu items immediately, with nothing to reopen or relaunch.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ⌘,
What stays on this Mac	Editing, analysis, on-device transcription, recording and export stay on this Mac; only things you start or can see reach the network.
Which copy updates itself	The copy downloaded from the project's GitHub Releases page updates itself with Sparkle; a copy built from source has no updater.
Check for Updates…	Frame Job ▸ Check for Updates… checks now for a newer Frame Job and offers to install it.	Frame Job ▸ Check for Updates…
Automatic checks	The second time you open Frame Job it asks whether to check automatically; if you agree it checks about once a day while open.	The prompt the second time you open Frame Job
Turning automatic checks off	There is no Settings control for automatic checks, but a Terminal command turns them off.	Terminal, with Frame Job closed
Signed updates	Every update is signed, and Frame Job won't install one whose signature doesn't match the key built into the app.

Projects and media

Feature	What it does	Where
Open a movie as a project	Opening a movie makes an untitled project at its size and frame rate, with the movie as the first clip on Track 1.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
The canvas takes the movie's display size	A project built from a movie uses the size the movie displays at, so a portrait phone clip opens as 1080 × 1920 and not sideways.
The exact frame rate from the file	A project opened from a movie keeps the file's exact rate, so 29.97 and 23.976 are never rounded to 30 or 24.
Open a sound file as a project	Opening a sound file makes an untitled 1920 × 1080, 30 fps project with that sound as its first clip.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
Open a picture as a project	Opening a PNG, JPEG or HEIC makes an untitled project at the picture's pixel size with the picture as a 5-second clip.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
New Project	File ▸ New Project opens a blank 1920 × 1080, 30 fps project at once, with no dialog, in a window titled "Untitled Project".	File ▸ New Project ⌘N
A project from a file starts unsaved	A project made from an opened file exists only in its window until you save it, so closing it asks whether to save.
The first Save goes beside the source	The first Save of a project made from a file offers to put the package next to the source file, under the source's name.	File ▸ Save ⌘S
The Welcome window	With nothing open, a start window offers the ways in and your recent projects.	Shown when Frame Job starts with nothing to open
Open Video… on the Welcome window	Shows the same open panel as File ▸ Open…, so it also opens sound files, pictures and saved projects.	Welcome window ▸ Open Video…
New Project on the Welcome window	Starts a blank 1920 × 1080, 30 fps project.	Welcome window ▸ New Project
New Recording… on the Welcome window	Opens the recorder panel, with no project needed.	Welcome window ▸ New Recording…
The Recent list	Lists up to five recently opened projects by name, most recent first; one click reopens one.	Welcome window ▸ Recent
The file types line	The foot of the window names the common types it opens: MOV · MP4 · M4V · M4A · MP3 · WAV · AIFF · PNG · JPEG · HEIC.	Welcome window, foot
Drop files on the Welcome window	A project or media file dropped anywhere on the Welcome window opens, each as its own document.	Drag files from the Finder onto the Welcome window
Open a project	Opening a .framejob package opens that project, and a double-click on a package always opens it in Frame Job.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
Open Recent	File ▸ Open Recent lists recently opened projects, with Clear Menu to empty the list.	File ▸ Open Recent ▸
A project already open comes forward	Opening a saved project that's already open brings its window forward instead of opening a second copy.
Drop files to open them	Files dropped on a project window outside the Media tab, on the Welcome window or on the Dock icon each open as a document of their own.	Drag from the Finder onto a project window, outside the Media tab
Older projects open	A project saved by any earlier version of Frame Job opens, and the next save writes it in the current format.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
Projects from a newer Frame Job	A project saved by a newer Frame Job won't open, and the message gives both versions and asks you to update.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
Damaged projects	A damaged or out-of-range project fails to open with a message naming the problem, and the package is not rewritten.
Missing media still opens	A project whose files have moved or gone still opens, with slates in their place and a sheet to relink them.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
New Project from Range	Opens a new project holding exactly the timeline's In–Out range, moved to start at 0, and leaves the source project unchanged.	File ▸ New Project from Range…
Clips cut at the range's edges	A clip across the range's In or Out is cut there as Split cuts it; markers inside are kept and media no kept clip plays is left out.
The new project's name and undo	The new project opens untitled with unsaved changes, named like "Interview (range)", with no undo step back to the whole timeline.
What's already measured comes along	Filmstrips, waveforms, on-device transcripts, analyses and reversed renders of each kept file come along, so nothing is measured again.
Cloud transcripts in a range project	A cloud transcript goes to the range project only once AssemblyAI has been told to delete its copy.
Graphics come along	The graphics the kept clips draw come along, with every font and picture of the project's graphics.
When a range can't be kept	If the range can't be kept, the command beeps and shows why at the foot of the inspector, and no project opens.
Save	Writes the project to its package; an untitled project asks for a name and a place first.	File ▸ Save ⌘S
Save As and Duplicate	Duplicate opens a copy as a new untitled project; Save As…, shown while you hold ⌥, writes to a new package and carries on in it.	File ▸ Duplicate, File ▸ Save As… ⇧⌘S ⌥⇧⌘S
Autosave	Once saved, a project autosaves in place as you work, the macOS way.
Crash-safe package writes	The package is written beside the old one and swapped in, so a crash part-way through a save cannot leave half a package.
Revert To and browsing versions	Goes back to the last saved version, or browses earlier versions of the package.	File ▸ Revert To ▸
Rename	The standard macOS command renames the project's package, from the File menu or the window's title.	File ▸ Rename…
Move To	The standard macOS command moves the project's package to another folder, from the File menu or the window's title.	File ▸ Move To…
Share	Opens the macOS Share menu for the project.	File ▸ Share
Close	Closes the window: a saved project writes its changes without asking, and an untitled project with changes asks whether to save.	File ▸ Close ⌘W
A project saves only as a package	A project only ever saves as a .framejob package; a movie or still is a separate Export step.
The Document tab	Holds what belongs to the whole project, in five sections: its size, frame rate, background and markers.	Document tab
Document summary rows	Read-only rows show Resolution, Frame rate, Duration, Tracks, Background and Colour.	Document tab ▸ Document
Canvas Preset	Picks a canvas size from a popup of common shapes.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Preset
Source Size	Sets the canvas to the size of the first media file that has a picture size, as long as both sides are even.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Preset ▸ Source Size
Custom Width and Height	You type the canvas size in pixels: even numbers from 16 to 16,384.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Width and Height
Resize clips proportionally	When on, clips follow a canvas size change so the layout looks the same; when off, they keep their scale and distance from the centre.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Resize clips proportionally
Project frame rate	Picks the project's rate: 24, 23.976, 25, 30, 29.97, 50 or 60 fps, or Match First Clip. Custom shows a rate it doesn't list.	Document tab ▸ Frame Rate ▸ Rate
Match First Clip	Takes the rate of the earliest clip on the timeline whose file has video.	Document tab ▸ Frame Rate ▸ Rate ▸ Match First Clip
Rates the popup does not list	A project can run at a rate the popup doesn't list. The popup then shows Custom, and the Frame rate row shows the real rate.
What a rate change does to the timeline	Changing the rate moves every clip start, length, action and marker onto the new frame grid.
Duration row	A read-only row shows the timeline's length.	Document tab ▸ Frame Rate ▸ Duration
Canvas background colour	Sets the colour behind every layer.	Document tab ▸ Appearance ▸ Background
A transparent background	Lowering the background's opacity makes it transparent, and the section adds a note about the export formats that keep it.	Document tab ▸ Appearance ▸ Background
Timecode	Shows times as Frames (HH:MM:SS:FF) or Milliseconds (HH:MM:SS.mmm) everywhere in the project.	Document tab ▸ Appearance ▸ Timecode
Fit new clips to canvas	When on, a new clip bigger than the canvas starts scaled down to fit; when off, it starts at 100 % and runs past the edges.	Document tab ▸ Appearance ▸ Fit new clips to canvas
Reset Appearance	Reset on the section header puts Background, Timecode and Fit new clips back to their defaults: opaque black, Frames and on.	Document tab ▸ Appearance header ▸ Reset
Add Media	Adds one or more files to the Media tab as one undo step, without putting them on the timeline.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Drop files on the Media tab	Dragging files or a folder from the Finder onto the Media tab adds them to this project, including types the panels don't list. A folder adds the media files directly inside it.	Drag from the Finder onto the Media tab
Media is referenced, not copied	A project remembers each file's path and a Finder bookmark and reads it from there, so the package stays small.
What the open panels list	The Add Media… and Open panels list movies, M4A, MP3, WAV, AIFF, PNG, JPEG, HEIC and, in Add Media… only, .cube.
Add a media entry from a description	An agent can add a media entry from a description it supplies, without reading the file, to replay a project's own JSON.
Codecs this Mac can't decode	A video in a codec this Mac can't decode is left out at import, and an alert names the codec.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
When a file won't import	A file that can't be read, holds no video or sound, or takes over 30 seconds to check shows an alert saying so.
WebM and Matroska import	A .webm or .mkv is copied unchanged into a QuickTime movie the first time it comes in, with no re-encoding, and the original stays put.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
The Copying Movie window	A copy that takes more than a second shows a small progress window with Cancel.	Copying Movie window ▸ Cancel
The free-space check	Before copying, Frame Job checks the disk has room; if it doesn't, nothing is copied and an alert says what's needed.
The Rewrapped folder	Copies live in ~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/Rewrapped/, shared by all projects. Frame Job doesn't clear it, but you can.
A copied file keeps its name	The media keeps the original's name, and its Media tab tooltip says where the copy lives.
Streams the copy can't carry	A file with a stream the copy can't carry isn't added, and an alert names the stream; with ffmpeg installed, Frame Job offers to help.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Stated colour is kept	The copy keeps the colour the file states: HLG, HDR10 (PQ), or a BT.709, BT.601 or BT.2020 SDR picture.
A missing copy is remade	If a copy is deleted or moved to the Trash, the project makes it again from the original the next time it opens.
Optional ffmpeg conversion	With your own ffmpeg, a file macOS can't open can still come in, each stream copied when it can be and re-encoded when it can't.	Alert on import ▸ Repackage or Convert Needs your own ffmpeg and ffprobe
Finding ffmpeg	Frame Job looks for ffmpeg on your PATH first, then in the usual install folders, and a Terminal setting can name a particular build.
The Repackage or Convert alert	Before anything starts, the alert names the codecs and gives the size and the time, and offers Repackage or Convert, or Cancel.	Alert on import ▸ Repackage or Convert Needs your own ffmpeg and ffprobe
Do this automatically from now on	Keeps the answer you give: Repackage or Convert means such files convert from then on without asking, Cancel means they never do.	Alert on import ▸ Do this automatically from now on Needs your own ffmpeg and ffprobe
When a conversion fails	A conversion that fails or runs out of time shows an alert, and no partial file is left behind.	Needs your own ffmpeg and ffprobe
A lost conversion stays missing	Unlike a WebM copy, a deleted conversion is not remade when the project opens, and the media stays missing until relinked.
Agent imports and ffmpeg	An agent's import never shows the ffmpeg question: unless you chose to convert automatically, the import fails and gives the reason.
The Media tab	The inspector's Media tab lists every file the project has imported, used or not, with a search, a sort and a filter.	Media tab
The item count	The top bar holds Add Media… and a count of the files, and of how many are showing.	Media tab ▸ top bar
Search by name	A Search by name field narrows the list as you type, ignoring case and accents as the Finder does. Esc clears it.	Media tab ▸ Search by name Esc
Sort	A Sort popup orders the list by Import Order, Name, Duration or Kind.	Media tab ▸ Sort
Unused only	A checkbox shows only the files no clip uses.	Media tab ▸ Unused only
A media row	Each row shows a thumbnail, the file's name and an info line for its kind.	Media tab ▸ row
Audio and missing badges	Badges on the right mark a file that has audio and, in coral, a file that cannot be found.	Media tab ▸ row badges
The row's tooltip	Hovering a row shows how to place it, and where a copied file came from.	Hover over a Media tab row
Selecting a row	Clicking a row selects it for Edit ▸ Insert at Playhead, Edit ▸ Overwrite at Playhead and the sections under the list.	Click a Media tab row
The row's menu	Right-clicking a row offers Insert at Playhead, Overwrite at Playhead, Reveal in Timeline, Reveal in Finder, Relink… and Remove.	Right-click a Media tab row
Reveal in Timeline	Selects every clip showing this file and scrolls to the earliest one; if the selection changes, the inspector moves to the Clip tab.	Media row menu ▸ Reveal in Timeline
Reveal in Finder	Shows the file in the Finder.	Media row menu ▸ Reveal in Finder
Remove media	Takes the file out of the project and never deletes it from disk; an unused file goes at once, as one undo step.	Media row menu ▸ Remove
Remove media used by clips	If clips use the file Frame Job asks first, and Remove and Delete Clips removes the file and those clips as one undo step.	Alert ▸ Remove and Delete Clips
The Missing media sheet	When a project opens with files missing, a sheet lists each with its old path and a Locate… button.	Missing media sheet ▸ Locate…
Locate finds siblings by name	Choosing a file for one entry also looks in its folder for the other missing files by name, so a moved shoot is usually found with one Locate….	Missing media sheet ▸ Locate…
Relink every located file	Relink applies every choice as one undo step, and skipped files stay missing to relink later.	Missing media sheet ▸ Relink
Relink one file	Points one media entry at a file you choose, missing or not.	Media row menu ▸ Relink…
What a relink checks	The new file must be readable and the same kind, and the row takes on its duration, size, frame rate, and audio, video and alpha.
What a relink keeps	A relink keeps the file's Camera Log and HDR10 peak, and keeps or finds its cursor file and any saved speech that still fits.	Media row menu ▸ Relink…
Consolidate Media	Copies every file in the media list, used or not, into the package's media/ folder and points the project at the copies.	File ▸ Consolidate Media…
Consolidate needs a saved project	On an untitled project the command asks "Save this project first?", offers Save…, and carries on after the save.	Alert ▸ Save…
The Consolidating Media sheet	A sheet shows a bar, the file being copied and Cancel.	Consolidating Media sheet ▸ Cancel
When Consolidate Media finishes	When it finishes the sheet says what happened and offers Show in Finder and Close.	Consolidating Media sheet ▸ Show in Finder
Consolidating files with the same name	Two files with one name are kept apart, two entries for one file share a copy, and files already inside are not copied again.
Consolidating with missing files	Missing files are left alone until you relink them; with nothing to do, an alert says "Nothing to consolidate." and why.
Consolidating LUTs	LUTs are copied like footage, used or not, and the looks and Camera Logs that use one then read the copy.
Consolidating cursor files	A recording's cursor file is copied next to its movie and named after it, and counts as one of the files copied.	File ▸ Consolidate Media…
Consolidating WebM, MKV and converted files	For a WebM, an MKV or a file converted with ffmpeg, Consolidate Media copies the movie it plays from, not the file you imported.
A moved package finds its copies	A moved or renamed consolidated package points missing media back at same-named files in its media/ folder, with no sheet.
On-device media analysis	Frame Job studies your files on this Mac to find shots, faces, people and sound events, with no upload, no network request and no key.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes, Clip ▸ Follow Subject…, Clip ▸ Remove Background, Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…, File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Analysis on demand	A file's picture is not analysed at import, only when something asks, and only the missing part is read.
Analysis runs in the background	Picture analysis runs at low priority, one job at a time, and sound analysis on its own queue, so the app stays usable while it works.
The Analyzing sheet	When a menu command needs analysis the project doesn't have yet, a sheet shows each file's progress, then closes and the command goes on.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes, Clip ▸ Follow Subject…, Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…, File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Stop an analysis	Stop on the Analyzing sheet cancels the command and makes no edit, and what was already saved stays in the project for next time.	Analyzing sheet ▸ Stop Esc
When an analysis fails	If an analysis cannot finish, the command stops and says which file failed and why rather than editing with half an answer.	The foot of the inspector
Results kept per file	Anything found is kept for the file in the project's cache, so a second request over the same part is ready at once.
Analysis travels with the project	The caches live inside the .framejob package, so they go wherever it goes and carry into a project made from it.
Filmstrips, waveforms and loudness	After an open, an import or a relink, Frame Job builds thumbnails, waveforms, loudness, sound matching and voice detection in the background.
Voice detection	Frame Job scores every 32 ms of a file's sound for speech with the bundled Silero voice model, so commands can tell a voice from noise.
Shots	Frame Job finds the hard cuts in a video by comparing each frame's colours with the frames before it.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
Faces	Frame Job looks for faces ten times a second, keeping each face's box, how far it's turned and tilted, and how open its mouth is.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…, File ▸ Make Vertical Version…, Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
People and salient regions	Frame Job finds people's head and shoulders and the regions the eye goes to first, at the same ten samples a second.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…, File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Person masks	Frame Job outlines a person in every frame a clip plays, which is what Remove Background and Text Behind Subject draw with.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background
Foreground masks on pictures	On a still picture, Frame Job can mask the foreground subject, whether or not it's a person.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Subject ▸ Foreground
Sound events	An agent can have Frame Job score a file's first sound track for laughter, applause, cheering, crowd, music and speech. No menu uses it.

Timeline and playback

Feature	What it does	Where
One kind of track	Any track holds any mix of clips: video, audio, a picture, text, a shape, a graphic, a nest or an adjustment clip.	Timeline
Tracks stack back to front	Tracks are layers: the top lane is front-most and the bottom lane is at the back.	Timeline
The current track	Commands that need one track use the track of the first selected clip, or the front-most track when nothing is selected.	Track menu
Default track names	A new track is named from the track count, such as Track 3, and keeps that name when you reorder the stack.	Track header
The track header and its switches	Each track has a header on the left with its name, the Hide Video, Mute Audio, Lock Track and Solo switches, and the Mix button.	Track header: eye, speaker, lock, headphones, sliders
New Track	Adds an empty track at the front, as the top lane.	Track ▸ New Track ⇧⌘N
Make a track by dropping past the stack	Dragging clips above the top lane or below the bottom lane creates a new track for them.	Drag a clip past the top or bottom lane
Rename a track	Double-clicking a track header opens an in-place name field.	Double-click a track header
Reorder tracks	Dragging a track header up or down restacks the track.	Drag a track header
Remove Track	Removes the current track, or the track whose context menu you opened, asking first if it still holds clips.	Track ▸ Remove Track
Remove Empty Tracks	Removes every track that holds no clips, as one undo step.	Track ▸ Remove Empty Tracks
Track menu switches	The Track menu flips the current track's Hide Video, Mute Audio, Lock Track and Solo switches.	Track ▸ Hide Video, Mute Audio, Lock Track, Solo
The track context menu	Right-clicking a track header or the empty part of its lane opens a menu for that track, showing its own state.	Right-click or ⌃-click a track header or the empty part of its lane
Track, marker and label edits undo one at a time	Every switch flip, rename and reorder is one undo step, and Edit ▸ Undo names the edit it will reverse.	Edit ▸ Undo ⌘Z
Hide Video	Takes a track's picture out of the preview and the export, leaving its sound playing.	Track header: eye / struck-through eye
Lock Track	Protects a track: its clips can't be dragged, trimmed, slipped or rolled with the mouse, and ripples and range deletes leave them alone.	Track header: open / closed padlock
Timeline Track Height	Picks small, medium or large track rows for every project.	Timeline bar: S / M / L
Height follows what a track holds	A track's height also depends on what it holds, so sound-only and text tracks draw shorter than picture tracks.	Timeline
The clip block	Each clip draws as one rounded block with a thin border, so its ends are always visible.	Timeline lanes
Colour by kind	A clip's colour and the symbol on its name strip show its kind, such as green for audio and amber for text.	Timeline lanes
The name strip	The top strip of a clip carries its kind symbol, a link symbol if it's linked, its name, a wave for During motion and its label dot.	Timeline lanes
Filmstrip thumbnails	Thumbnails run along the picture part of a video or image clip, under a wash of its colour.	Timeline lanes
The waveform	A clip with sound draws it as a waveform, below the filmstrip if it has both, following speed changes and ramps.	Timeline lanes
Fade handles	Small white squares at the top corners of the audio part of a clip set its fades when dragged inward.	Drag a fade handle on a clip
The selection ring and trim grips	A selected clip gets a 2 pt coral ring, plus a trim grip at each end when it's wide enough and its track is unlocked.	Timeline lanes
Dimmed clips	A clip on a hidden track, or with both its picture and sound switched off, draws dimmed.	Timeline lanes
How an adjustment clip looks	An adjustment clip is a plain rose block with only its name strip and action lane.	Timeline lanes
A ruler that follows the zoom	The ruler's divisions adapt to the zoom, from single frames up to one hour, and its labels use the project's timecode format.	Timeline ruler
The playhead	The playhead is a coral line down every track with a triangle head on the ruler.	Timeline ruler
The playhead is where edits happen	Split, trim to playhead, freeze frame, paste, insert and overwrite all work at the playhead.	Timeline playhead
Click or drag the ruler to scrub	Clicking the ruler moves the playhead there, and dragging along it scrubs while you hear the sound under the playhead.	Click or drag on the ruler
A click in a lane leaves the playhead	A click in a lane doesn't move the playhead, except on an action band, which moves it to the end of that action.	Click in a lane
The timeline follows the playhead	When the playhead nears the edge of the visible part or leaves it, the view moves so it sits about a third of the way in.
Play and pause	Space, or the toolbar's Play and Pause button, starts and stops playback from almost anywhere in the window.	Toolbar transport: Play / Pause Space
J, K and L shuttle	L plays forward and J plays in reverse, each further press stepping ×1 to ×2 to ×4, and K pauses.	J K L
Step frames	← and → pause and move the playhead one frame; with ⇧ they move ten.	← →
What happens at the end	Playback stops at the end of the timeline and the playhead stays there. On an empty timeline, Play, J and L beep.	Toolbar transport: Play / Pause
Look-only edits redraw in place	A change that only alters how something looks redraws the frame without interrupting playback.	Preview
Structural edits rebuild in the background	A move, a trim, a new clip or a change to the sound rebuilds the preview in the background, keeping your place and speed.	Preview
A failed rebuild keeps playing	If a rebuild fails, an error shows and the previous version keeps playing.	Preview
Previous and Next Edit Point	↑ and ↓, or the toolbar's buttons either side of Play, jump the playhead to the previous or next edit point.	Toolbar transport: Previous Edit Point, Next Edit Point ↑ ↓
Go to Start and Go to End	Home and End, or the transport's buttons, pause and move the playhead to the start or end of the timeline.	Toolbar transport: Go to Start, Go to End Home End
Type a timecode to jump	The toolbar shows the playhead's time; click it, type a time and press Return to pause and jump there.	Toolbar timecode field
The duration readout	Beside the time, the toolbar shows a slash and the duration of what the timeline shows.	Toolbar, after the timecode field
Move the playhead with an agent	With set_playhead, an agent moves the playhead and the preview. It makes no undo step and doesn't pause playback.
Loop playback	The Loop button repeats the in/out range, or the whole timeline when there's no range.	Toolbar transport: Loop
Pinch and ⌥ or ⌘ scroll to zoom	A trackpad pinch, or scrolling with ⌥ or ⌘ held, zooms the timeline about the pointer, keeping the time under it in place.	Pinch, or ⌥ or ⌘ and scroll, over the timeline
The zoom slider	The Timeline Zoom slider zooms about the middle of the view, across the whole zoom range.	Timeline bar: Timeline Zoom slider
Zoom Out and Zoom In buttons	The − and + buttons step the timeline zoom about the middle of the view.	Timeline bar: − / +
Fit Timeline	Fits the whole project across the timeline pane and scrolls to the start.	View ▸ Fit Timeline ⇧Z
Starting zoom and zoom range	A window opens with each second 42 points wide, not fitted to the project, and the zoom runs from hours down to single frames.	Timeline
Scroll the timeline	A plain scroll or two-finger swipe moves the timeline, with the track headers and ruler staying in place.	Scroll or two-finger swipe over the timeline
Click to select	Clicking a clip selects it alone, unless it's part of a larger selection, which then stays selected.	Click a clip
⇧-click to add or remove	⇧-click adds a clip to the selection, or takes out one that's already selected.	⇧-click a clip
Marquee selection	Dragging from empty timeline space draws a band that selects every clip it touches; ⇧-drag adds to the selection.	Drag from a gap in a lane, the strip under the ruler or the space below the last lane
Clear the selection	A single click on empty timeline space clears the selection.	Click an empty lane, or above or below the lanes
Select All	Selects every clip in the timeline being edited, on locked tracks too.	Edit ▸ Select All ⌘A
Select After Playhead	Selects every clip whose start is at or after the playhead.	Edit ▸ Select After Playhead ⌥⌘A
Select All on Track	Selects every clip on the current track, or on the track whose header you ⌥-click.	Edit ▸ Select All on Track
The selection block	The left end of the timeline bar names what is selected.	Timeline bar, left end
A selection isn't saved	A selection is never an undo step and isn't saved, so a project always opens with nothing selected.
What a drag snaps to	Clip moves, trims, rolls and rate stretches, marker drags and ruler scrubs catch clip edges, markers, the playhead and the range.	Timeline drags
Turn snapping on and off	N, the Snap box or View ▸ Snapping turn snapping on or off for the timeline and the canvas together.	View ▸ Snapping N
Hold ⌘ to suspend snapping	Holding ⌘ turns snapping off for the current drag, on the timeline and on the canvas.	Hold ⌘ during any drag that snaps ⌘ while dragging
The snap guide line	When a drag snaps, a thin vertical guide line across the timeline marks what it caught.	Timeline drags
Drags land on whole frames	A drag that doesn't snap still lands on a whole frame.	Timeline drags
What never snaps	Slips, action band drags and fade handles never snap, and a Media tab row dropped on a lane lands on the nearest frame.	Timeline drags
Add a marker	Drops a marker at the playhead.	Mark ▸ Add Marker M
Marker flags	Each marker draws as a small flag with a line down the ruler, in its colour.	Timeline ruler
Move a marker	Dragging a flag along the ruler moves the marker.	Drag a marker's flag
Rename a marker	Double-click a flag to type in place, or type in its row in the Document tab.	Double-click a marker flag
Next and Previous Marker	Pause playback and jump the playhead to the next or previous marker.	Mark ▸ Next Marker, Previous Marker
The Document tab's Markers list	The Document tab lists every marker in time order, each with its time, name, Chapter, Go and Delete.	Document tab: Markers
Go to a marker from its row	A marker row's Go button moves the playhead to it.	Document tab: Markers row, Go
Remove a marker	A marker row's Delete button removes it.	Document tab: Markers row, Delete
Chapter markers	Turn on Chapter in a marker's row and its flag fills, and it becomes a chapter in exported MP4, MOV, M4A and WebM files.	Document tab: Markers row, Chapter
Marker colours	Markers are red unless an agent changes them, because the Document tab has no colour control.
Markers while a nest is open	Markers belong to the whole timeline, so an open nest hides them from the ruler.	Timeline while a nest is open
The in/out range	A span of the timeline, shaded across the ruler and lanes, that other commands act on.	Timeline ruler and lanes
Set In	Sets the in point at the playhead.	Mark ▸ Set In I
Set Out	Sets the out point at the playhead.	Mark ▸ Set Out O
Clear Range	Clears the in/out range.	Mark ▸ Clear Range ⌥X
Crossing points	Setting an in point after the out point moves the out point to match, and the other way round.	Mark ▸ Set In / Set Out
The range isn't saved	The range isn't an undo step and isn't saved, and it clears when you enter or leave a nest.
Rename a clip	A field opens over the clip's name strip so you can name it in place.	Clip ▸ Rename…, or double-click the clip ⇧⌘R
Clear a clip's name	Emptying the name field at the top of the Clip tab clears a clip's name, so it shows what it holds again.	Clip tab: header name field
Label a clip	Applies a colour label to every selected clip, shown as a small dot on its name strip.	Clip ▸ Label ▸ Red, Orange, Yellow, Green, Blue, Purple, None
Names and labels for agents	With set_clip, an agent names or labels several clips in one step.
The preview pane	The preview shows the frame under the playhead in the canvas's shape, letterboxed in the pane to the left of the inspector.	Editor window, top left, above the timeline
Preview tags	Small tags in the preview's top-left corner show when the picture isn't the plain one: Ungraded, Selection or SDR Version.	Preview, top-left
Other View items for the preview	The View menu's other preview items: Safe Areas, Show Ungraded, Show Selection, Show SDR Version, Show Subjects, Scopes, Loudness Meter.	View menu ⌃⌘U ⌃⌘W ⌃⌘L
Preview Quality	Draws the preview at Full, Half or Quarter of the canvas size and scales it back up, so heavy projects play more smoothly.	View ▸ Preview Quality ▸ Full, Half, Quarter
The Preview Window	Opens the picture in its own window with no handles or guides, for a second display.	View ▸ Preview Window ⇧⌘P
The window remembers its place	The window remembers where you put it and stays visible when you switch to another app.	Preview Window
Keys in the Preview Window	While it has focus, the playback keys, the editor's other single-letter keys and every editor ⌘ command keep working.	Preview Window

Editing

Feature	What it does	Where
What an edit acts on	Most commands act on the selected clips, and some also use the playhead, the in and out range or the current track.	The timeline
Clips never push each other	A dragged clip never shoves its neighbours aside. Only edits made to shift time, such as Ripple Delete or Insert, move other clips.	Timeline ▸ drag a clip's body
Times land on frames	A time you drag or type lands on a whole frame of the project's frame rate, except short audio times such as a typed fade length.	Timeline
One frame minimum	Trims and rolls always leave a clip at least one frame long.	Timeline
Project size limits	A project holds up to 4,096 clips, 64 tracks, eight levels of nesting, 1,024 markers and 1,024 media files.
Drag media onto a track	Drag a row from the Media tab onto a track to place the whole file as a clip at the drop point, moving nothing else.	Media tab ▸ drag a row onto a track
Drop media on the canvas	Drop a Media tab row on the preview canvas to add the file at the playhead on a new track at the front.	Media tab ▸ drag a row onto the preview canvas
New clips cover the whole file	A new clip runs the whole file from its first frame, rounded down to whole frames. A picture lands 5 seconds long.	Media tab ▸ drag a row
When a media drop doesn't land	A drop that breaks the overlap rule beeps and adds nothing. One outside the lanes or in another project's window springs back.	Media tab ▸ drag a row
Insert	Insert places a file at a point and makes room for it by pushing everything later along on every unlocked track.	Edit ▸ Insert at Playhead
Overwrite	Overwrite clears the file's length on one track and places the file there, moving nothing.	Edit ▸ Overwrite at Playhead
Insert or overwrite as you drop	Hold ⌥ at the drop to insert, or ⇧⌥ to overwrite, when dragging a Media tab row onto a track.	Media tab ▸ drag a row onto a track ⌥-drop ⇧⌥-drop
Drag to move a clip	Drag a clip's body to move it in time, and up or down to move it to another track.	Timeline ▸ drag a clip's body
Move several clips together	Drag any one of several selected clips to move them all, keeping the same time and number of tracks between them.	Timeline ▸ drag one clip of a selection
When a drop won't go where you let go	Over a spot the overlap rule doesn't allow, the clip stays at the last allowed position, or where it started if there was none.	Timeline ▸ clip drag
One undo step per drag	A whole drag is one undo step, however long it lasts.	Edit ▸ Undo ⌘Z
Nudge one frame	Comma and period move the selected clips one frame earlier or later.	, .
Nudge ten frames	With ⇧, comma and period move the selected clips ten frames.	⇧, ⇧.
Drag an edge to trim	Drag either edge of a clip to trim it.	Timeline ▸ drag a clip edge
Start trim	A start trim moves the clip's start and its place in the footage together, so the rest of the clip stays where it is.	Timeline ▸ drag a clip's start edge
End trim	An end trim moves the clip's end and changes nothing else about the clip.	Timeline ▸ drag a clip's end edge
Trim to the playhead	W and E trim the start or end of each selected clip the playhead is inside to the playhead.	Clip ▸ Trim Start to Playhead, Clip ▸ Trim End to Playhead W E
How far a trim goes	A clip always keeps at least one frame, and a media clip's trim stops at the start and end of its file.	Timeline
Type a clip's In and Out	Type where a clip starts and ends on the timeline, which trims its edges.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing ▸ In and Out
Read a clip's duration	Duration shows the clip's length. You can't type in it, so change the length through In and Out.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing ▸ Duration
Timing with several clips selected	With several video or audio clips selected, Timing holds only the Reverse rows. A mixed selection has no Timing section.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing
Slip	⌥⇧-drag a clip's body to slide the footage underneath it while the clip stays in place at the same length.	Timeline ▸ ⌥⇧-drag a clip's body ⌥⇧-drag body
Roll	⌥⇧-drag a clip's edge to move the cut between two touching clips: one gets longer and the other shorter by the same amount.	Timeline ▸ ⌥⇧-drag a clip's edge ⌥⇧-drag edge
Move a sound clip's edge alone	A drag, W, E or a roll on a linked sound clip moves only the sound's edge, leaving its picture where it is.	Timeline ▸ drag a linked sound clip's edge W E
Split	Clip ▸ Split cuts clips in two at the playhead.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Footage stays continuous	The second piece carries on playing the footage from where the first stopped.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Actions and word timings	Actions stay with the piece they fall in, an action spanning the cut becomes two, and caption word timings stay on their words.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Splitting a graphic	A split graphic carries on across the cut rather than restarting, and plays its outro once, at the true end.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Split at Shot Changes	Cuts each selected video clip at every hard cut in the part of the file it plays, giving one clip per shot in one undo step.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
What counts as a hard cut	A hard cut is a change from one picture to another between two frames, found by comparing each frame's colours with those before it.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
Found on this Mac and cached	Shot changes are found on the Mac with nothing sent anywhere and no key needed, and kept in the project's cache.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
While the cuts are found	The Analyzing sheet shows each file with a bar while cuts are found, and Stop closes it and changes nothing.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
Cuts land on the frame grid	Each shot cut lands on the project's frame grid, worked out through the clip's speed, speed ramp and reversal.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
Shot splits on locked tracks	A selected clip on a locked track is still cut, with its linked sound when that sound is on an unlocked track.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
The clip limit for shot splits	If the splits would take the project past 4,096 clips, nothing is split and the inspector says how many clips it would add and how many fit.	Clip ▸ Split at Shot Changes
Delete	Edit ▸ Delete removes the selected clips and leaves gaps.	Edit ▸ Delete ⌫
Ripple Delete	Edit ▸ Ripple Delete removes the selected clips and closes each hole they leave, moving everything later on every unlocked track left.	Edit ▸ Ripple Delete ⌘⌫
Lift	With a range set and nothing selected, ⌫ removes what's in the range on every unlocked track and moves nothing.	Edit ▸ Delete with a range and no selection ⌫
Ripple Delete a range	With a range set and nothing selected, ⌘⌫ removes what's in the range on every unlocked track and closes the hole.	Edit ▸ Ripple Delete with a range and no selection ⌘⌫
Choose a delete	Each delete key acts on the selection, or on the in and out range when nothing is selected. Only ⌘⌫ closes the hole.	Edit ▸ Delete ⌫
How a ripple closes holes	Each hole closes with one shift of everything after it, so clips that touched before still touch.	Edit ▸ Ripple Delete ⌘⌫
Ripple delete several ranges	Agents cut a list of time ranges out of the timeline as one undo step, as Remove Silences and Remove Filler Words do.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Delete keys in text fields	⌫ and ⌘⌫ still edit text while you type in a field, because both menu items are greyed out there.	Edit ▸ Delete ⌫
Close Gap	Clip ▸ Close Gap closes the gap under the playhead on the current track, sliding everything after it left on every unlocked track.	Clip ▸ Close Gap
Double-click a gap	Double-click an empty stretch of a lane to close that gap, moving everything after it on every unlocked track left by the gap's length.	Timeline ▸ double-click an empty stretch of a lane
When a gap won't close	A gap closes completely or not at all. If it can't, Frame Job beeps and gives the reason at the foot of the inspector.	Clip ▸ Close Gap
Insert time	Agents can open empty room: clips on unlocked tracks and markers at or after a point move later. ⌥-drop insert does it too.
Open room by hand	Select After Playhead, then drag or ⇧-nudge the clips later to open room on the timeline.	Edit ▸ Select After Playhead ⌥⌘A
Duplicate	Edit ▸ Duplicate puts a copy of each selected clip on the same track, starting right after the selection's span.	Edit ▸ Duplicate ⌘D
⌥-drag a copy	Hold ⌥ when you press on a clip to drag copies and leave the originals in place.	Timeline ▸ ⌥-drag a clip ⌥-drag
Copy	Edit ▸ Copy puts the selected clips on the clipboard with a note of their media files, to paste here or in another project.	Edit ▸ Copy ⌘C
Cut	Edit ▸ Cut copies the selected clips, then deletes them and leaves gaps, as ⌫ does.	Edit ▸ Cut ⌘X
Paste	Edit ▸ Paste pastes the clipboard's clips at the playhead, then selects them.	Edit ▸ Paste ⌘V
Paste keeps the arrangement	The earliest clip lands at the playhead, the others keep their distance from it, and each keeps its place back from the front track.	Edit ▸ Paste ⌘V
When a paste has no room	A pasted clip that would break the overlap rule goes on a new track at the front rather than being dropped.	Edit ▸ Paste ⌘V
Paste between projects	You can paste clips into another project, and any media files that project lacks are added to its Media tab.	Edit ▸ Paste ⌘V
A detached sound comes along	A selected picture brings its detached sound, so the pair pastes as a pair; a selected detached sound is copied on its own.	Edit ▸ Copy ⌘C
Copied clips as text	Pasted into a text editor, copied clips arrive as a one-line summary.	Edit ▸ Copy, then paste in another app ⌘C
Paste Attributes	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes puts the look and sound settings of the earliest copied clip onto every selected clip, in one undo step.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Paste Attributes: the Video group	The Video group carries everything about the picture: position, scale, rotation, crop, opacity, effects and grade.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Paste Attributes: the Audio group	The Audio group carries everything about the sound: volume, pan, fades and effects.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Paste Attributes: the Text group	The Text group carries font, size, colours, layout and animation, while the target keeps its own words and their timings.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Paste Attributes: the Shape group	The Shape group carries fill, stroke, gradient and the rest of the style, while the target keeps its kind, size and end points.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
What Paste Attributes leaves alone	The target keeps its place, length, speed, animation actions, transition, name, label and which halves are switched on.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Paste attributes across a mixed selection	An agent can paste attributes across a mixed selection without stopping, skipping clips that cannot take a group.
Qualifiers and adjustment clips	A qualifier is copied only from one adjustment clip to another, and some picture settings can't land on an adjustment clip.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Turn a clip's picture or sound off	Commands such as Detach Audio switch off a clip's picture or sound while it stays in place, and that half adds nothing.	Clip ▸ Detach Audio ⌥⌘D
Nest	Clip ▸ Nest collapses the selected clips into one clip that moves, trims, fades and transforms as a group.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
Where the nest clip lands	The nest clip goes on the front-most track the selection used, runs from the earliest start to the latest end, and is selected.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
What a nest keeps	Inside the nest, clips keep their properties, actions, transitions, relative timing and stacking order.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
A nest's fixed canvas size	A nest's canvas is fixed at the project's size at the moment you nest, and later size changes don't re-lay out what's inside.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
Naming a nest	Nests are named "Nest 1", "Nest 2" and so on, and you rename one through the menu or the Clip tab.	Clip ▸ Rename… ⇧⌘R
Un-nest	Clip ▸ Un-nest opens every selected nest clip back out in one undo step and selects what came out.	Clip ▸ Un-nest ⇧⌘G
What Un-nest discards	Un-nesting discards the nest clip's own transform, opacity, fades and volume.	Clip ▸ Un-nest ⇧⌘G
Nests inside nests	Nests can contain nests, up to eight levels deep.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
Open Nest	Go inside a nest to edit its contents in place, instead of un-nesting.	Double-click a nest clip ⌘↓
Close Nest	Come out of a nest one level.	Clip ▸ Close Nest ⌘↑
The breadcrumb	While a nest is open, the corner above the track headers shows a path such as "Timeline › Intro", and clicking it goes out one level.	Corner above the track headers ⌘↑
What you see inside	Inside, the timeline shows the nest's own tracks and clips from zero, and the canvas shows the group without the nest clip's settings.	Timeline
The playhead maps through	The playhead moves with you into and out of a nest, so the frame under it doesn't change.	Clip ▸ Open Nest
Going in and out isn't an edit	Entering or leaving a nest makes no undo step and does not mark the project as changed.	Clip ▸ Open Nest ⌘↓
Edits inside a nest	Every clip edit works inside a nest, in the nest's own times, and each is one step on the project's single undo history.	Inside an open nest ⌘↓
Media and settings stay project-wide	Adding, relinking or removing media and changing the Document tab still work with a nest open, and they change the whole project.	Inside an open nest
Limits count the whole project	Clip, track and nesting-depth limits count the whole project even while you edit inside a nest.	Inside an open nest
Shared copies	Split, Duplicate and ⌥-drag copies of a nest clip share one nest, so editing inside any of them changes them all.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Independent copies	Duplicate a nest clip, un-nest the copy and nest its clips again to get a nest you can edit on its own.	Edit ▸ Duplicate, then Clip ▸ Un-nest and Clip ▸ Nest ⌘D
Trimming a nest hides, it doesn't cut	Trimming a nest clip changes how much of the nest plays and cuts nothing, so Un-nest still gives everything back.	Timeline ▸ drag a nest clip's edge

Canvas and layers

Feature	What it does	Where
The preview canvas	The canvas shows the composition at the playhead, at the project's size, centred in the preview pane.	Preview pane
Canvas size and rate caption	A small line under the picture states the canvas size and frame rate.	Preview pane, below the picture
Layers stack back to front	A track higher in the timeline draws in front of the ones below it, and any kind of picture clip can share a track.
What you can do on the canvas	Select, move, scale, rotate and crop a clip directly on the picture, with the same placement the Picture tab shows as numbers.	Preview canvas
Hidden and locked tracks on the canvas	Clips on hidden tracks are not drawn and can't be clicked; clips on locked tracks are drawn but can't be selected or moved on the canvas.	Preview canvas
Canvas modes	Tools that wait for a click or drag show a crosshair and a hint at the top of the preview. Only one can be on at a time, and Esc ends it.	Preview canvas Esc
The zoom popup	A toolbar popup sets how large the picture appears: Fit, 50%, 100% or 200%.	The zoom popup in the toolbar
Zoom In, Zoom Out and Zoom to Fit	View menu commands step the preview through its four zoom stops, or go straight back to Fit.	View ▸ Zoom In, Zoom Out, Zoom to Fit ⌘+
Pinch and scroll to zoom	A trackpad pinch, or scrolling with ⌥ or ⌘ held, steps through the zoom stops.	Pinch over the preview ⌥-scroll
Pan a zoomed canvas	When the zoomed canvas is bigger than the pane, scroll or hold Space and drag to pan it.	Scroll over the preview Space-drag
Space on the canvas	After you've clicked the canvas, Space still plays and pauses when you release it, and holding it to drag pans instead.	Space, after clicking the canvas Space
Click to select a layer	Clicking the picture selects the front-most visible clip under the pointer at the playhead.	Click on the preview canvas
Add or remove a clip with ⇧-click	⇧-click adds a clip to the selection or removes it.	⇧-click on the preview canvas ⇧-click
Click empty canvas to deselect	Clicking empty canvas clears the selection and leaves crop mode.	Click empty canvas
The selection frame and handles	Every selected clip at the playhead gets an outline, and the front-most also gets eight square handles and a round rotation grip.	Preview canvas
Selecting matte clips	A clip on a matte track can be selected and dragged inside its own box even though it draws nothing there.	Click on the preview canvas
Drag to move	Drag inside a clip's box to move it, and every selected clip moves by the same amount.	Drag a clip in the preview
Nudge with the arrow keys	With the canvas focused and a selected clip showing at the playhead, the arrow keys move it 1 pixel, or 10 with ⇧.	The arrow keys, after clicking the canvas ← → ↑ ↓
Scale with the eight handles	Drag a corner or edge handle to scale the clip, with the opposite handle pinned in place.	Drag a square handle in the preview
Scale about the centre	Hold ⌥ while scaling to keep the clip's centre still instead of the opposite handle.	⌥ during a handle drag ⌥-drag
Rotate with the grip	Drag the round grip above the top edge to rotate the clip about its centre.	Drag the rotation grip
Snap the angle	Hold ⇧ while rotating to snap the angle to 15° steps.	⇧ during a rotation drag ⇧-drag
Cancel a drag	Press Esc during a canvas drag to put everything back, with no undo step.	Esc during a canvas drag Esc
The fixed pivot	Rotation, the Scale field and a ⌥ scale drag all pivot on the centre of the clip's uncropped picture.
One undo step per drag	Each canvas drag is one undo step, and a click that moves nothing adds no step.
What a move snaps to	While you drag a clip to move it, its box snaps to the canvas and to other visible layers.	Drag a clip with snapping on
Snap guide lines	A guide line is drawn across the canvas on each axis that snapped.
Suspend snapping for one drag	Hold ⌘ during a drag to stop snapping for as long as it's down.	⌘ during a drag ⌘-drag
Safe area guides	Two guide frames over the picture mark the 90 % title-safe and 80 % action-safe areas.	View ▸ Safe Areas
The Crop section	Type how many source pixels to cut from each edge of a video clip, image clip or freeze frame.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Crop
Crop mode	Press C, double-click a video clip, image clip or freeze frame, or use Crop on Canvas to crop the selected clip with handles on the canvas.	C, a double-click on the clip, or Inspector ▸ Clip ▸ Picture ▸ Crop ▸ Crop on Canvas C
Crop handles	In crop mode the eight handles trim the clip's edges, and the area being cut away shows as a faint white shape.	Drag a crop handle in crop mode
Leaving crop mode	Return, keypad Enter, Esc, C, Crop on Canvas or a click on empty canvas leave crop mode from any focus but typing, and your crop stays.	Return, anywhere but a text field Return
A crop removes edges in place	A crop never shifts the picture, and its amounts stay correct when you scale the clip later.
The Picture tab's sections	The Clip tab's Picture sub-tab holds a clip's placement and picture effects, and which sections show depends on the selection.	Clip tab ▸ Picture
How the sections behave	Sections fold, show a summary while closed, and edit every selected clip at once.	Clip tab ▸ Picture
Picture settings for agents	An agent changes the placement and look of any number of clips with set_video, sending only the settings to change.
The Transform section	Holds a clip's scale, position, rotation, opacity, blend and motion blur, for every clip that draws.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform
Scale	Sets the clip's size as a percentage, where 100 % is its native pixels.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Scale
Position X and Y	Places the clip in canvas pixels, measured from the canvas centre.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Position X, Position Y
Rotation	Turns the clip in degrees about its centre; a positive angle turns clockwise on screen.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Rotation
Opacity	Sets how see-through the clip is.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Opacity
Fit to Canvas	Scales each selected clip so its whole picture fits the canvas, and centres it.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Fit to Canvas
Fill Canvas	Scales each selected clip until it covers the whole canvas, and centres it.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Fill Canvas
Reset Transform	Puts position, scale, rotation, opacity, blend and motion blur back to their defaults in one step.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Reset
No stretching on pictures	A video, image or nest always keeps its proportions. Only shapes, text and graphics can change on one axis.
The Blend popup	Chooses how a layer combines with what is under it.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend
Normal blend mode	Draws over what is underneath.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Normal
Multiply blend mode	Darkens by multiplying with what is underneath.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Multiply
Screen blend mode	Lightens, the inverse of multiply.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Screen
Add blend mode	Adds the colours together.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Add
Overlay blend mode	Multiplies where what's underneath is dark, and screens where it's light.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Overlay
Darken blend mode	Keeps the darker of the two colours.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Darken
Lighten blend mode	Keeps the lighter of the two colours.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Lighten
Difference blend mode	Gives the absolute difference of the two colours.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Blend ▸ Difference
Warning when nothing is behind a blend	The Transform section warns when a blend has nothing under it to work against.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform
Blend during a transition	A layer draws as Normal for as long as it is in a transition, whatever blend mode it has.
Corner Radius	Rounds the corners of a video clip, image clip or freeze frame, following any crop.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Corner Radius ▸ Radius
A background gets its own track	Each background command puts one clip on a new back-most track and selects it.	Clip ▸ Add Background, Clip ▸ Add Blurred Background
Add Background: Solid Color	Puts a canvas-sized white rectangle named "Background" behind everything, starting at 0 and as long as the timeline.	Clip ▸ Add Background ▸ Solid Color
Add Background: Image	Puts a picture you choose behind everything, scaled to fill the canvas and as long as the timeline.	Clip ▸ Add Background ▸ Image…
Add Blurred Background	Puts a muted, blurred, canvas-filling copy of the selected clip behind everything, the usual backdrop for a screen recording.	Clip ▸ Add Blurred Background
Matte tracks	A matte track cuts the track directly behind it: its clips are never drawn, and what they show decides where the track behind can be seen.	Track ▸ Matte
Setting a matte	Choose a mode from Track ▸ Matte, or right-click a track for its Matte submenu.	Track ▸ Matte, or right-click a track's header ▸ Matte
Matte mode: Off	An ordinary track, which is every track's default.	Track ▸ Matte ▸ Off
Matte mode: Alpha	The track behind shows where the matte clip is opaque.	Track ▸ Matte ▸ Alpha
Matte mode: Inverted Alpha	The track behind shows where the matte clip is transparent.	Track ▸ Matte ▸ Inverted Alpha
Matte mode: Luma	The track behind shows where the matte clip is bright.	Track ▸ Matte ▸ Luma
Matte mode: Inverted Luma	The track behind shows where the matte clip is dark.	Track ▸ Matte ▸ Inverted Luma
Gaps in a matte track	Where the matte track has no clip, the track behind shows uncut.
Turning a cut off for a while	Hide Video on the matte track, or turning off a matte clip's picture, turns the cut off and shows the track behind whole.	Hide Video on the matte track
A matte with nothing to cut	A matte on the back-most track, or directly in front of another matte track, cuts nothing and still draws nothing.
What shapes a matte	Most of a matte clip's settings, from position and crop to filters and actions, shape the cut, so a moving title can wipe footage on.
What a matte ignores	A matte clip's blend mode, drop shadow and reflection have no effect, but they are kept and apply again when the track stops being a matte.
A matte clip's sound	A matte clip's sound still plays.
Adjustment clips and mattes	On a track cut by a matte, an adjustment clip grades only inside the matte; on a matte track it does nothing.	Timeline
The matte note on the Clip tab	With every selected clip on a matte track, each Clip sub-tab shows a note saying what the matte does, and every control still works.	Inspector ▸ Clip, under the sub-tabs
How a matte track looks	A matte track's header carries a tag, its clips draw at half opacity with dashed outlines, and a bracket joins it to the track it cuts.	Timeline track header
Mattes inside a nest	A matte track works inside a nest as it does on the timeline, and a nest clip can itself be a matte or be cut by one.
Nesting a matte	Nest keeps a track's matte only when the track it cuts is nested with it.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
Un-nesting a matte	Un-nest lines the nest's front-most non-matte track up with the nest clip's track, so the picture comes back as it was.	Clip ▸ Un-nest ⇧⌘G
Transitions across matted tracks	Mattes work through transitions. A Cross Dissolve or Zoom involving a nest draws each side whole, then mixes the two.	Timeline

Text, shapes and pictures

Feature	What it does	Where
Add a text clip	Press T or click Add Text in the timeline bar to put a five-second title at the playhead.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Text T
Trim a text clip to any length	A text clip has no source file, so you can trim it to any length.	Drag a text clip's edge on the timeline
Type a text clip's words	Type the words in the Content box. Return applies them and ⇧Return starts a new line.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Content Return
Place a text clip and add effects	A text clip also has a Picture sub-tab for its position, scale, rotation, opacity and effects.	Clip tab ▸ Picture
Restyle a text clip from an agent	An agent can change any mix of a text clip's words and typography in one undo step.
Font Family	Choose from every font family installed on the Mac, plus the faces the app ships with.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Font ▸ Family
Font Style	Pick one of the family's faces, such as Regular or SemiBold.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Font ▸ Style
Font Size	Set the text size in pixels.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Font ▸ Size
Text Color	Set the colour of the text.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ Color
Text Align	Align text left, centre or right.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ Align
Vertical alignment	Align text to the top, middle or bottom of its box, which moves it by a pixel or two at most.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ Vertical
UPPERCASE	Show the text in capitals without changing what you typed.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ UPPERCASE
Line spacing	Set the space between lines as a multiple of the font's line height.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ Line spacing
Tracking	Set the spacing between letters.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ Tracking
Reset the text style	Reset on the Style section puts colour, alignment, case, line spacing and tracking back to their defaults.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ Reset
Edit text on the canvas	Double-click a text clip in the preview to type straight into it.	Double-click a text clip in the preview
Apply canvas text	Return, keypad Enter or a click elsewhere applies the text and closes the editor.	Return or keypad Enter in the canvas text editor Return
New line in canvas text	Return with ⇧, ⌥, ⌘ or ⌃ starts a new line.	⇧Return, ⌥Return, ⌘Return or ⌃Return in the canvas text editor ⇧Return
Leave the canvas editor with Esc	Esc closes an unchanged editor at once. Over changed text, a sheet offers Apply, Revert and Cancel.	Esc in the canvas text editor Esc
Input methods in canvas text	While an input method is composing, Return and Esc go to the input method.	Canvas text editor
Text presets	One click gives a text clip a font, size, alignment, backdrop and position sized to your canvas.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Presets
Title preset	A large centred title.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Presets ▸ Title
Subtitle preset	A smaller centred line below the middle.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Presets ▸ Subtitle
Lower Third preset	A left-aligned name strap on a plate.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Presets ▸ Lower Third
Caption preset	A small caption line near the bottom, on a plate.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Presets ▸ Caption
Text Outline	Draw a stroke around the letters.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Outline ▸ Outline
Outline Width	Set the outline's thickness.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Outline ▸ Width
Outline Color	Set the outline's colour.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Outline ▸ Color
Text Backdrop	Put a rounded plate behind the text.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Backdrop ▸ Backdrop
Backdrop Fill	Set the plate's colour and opacity.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Backdrop ▸ Fill
Backdrop Padding	Set the space between the text and the plate's edge.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Backdrop ▸ Padding
Backdrop Radius	Round the plate's corners.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Backdrop ▸ Radius
Text Box mode	Choose Auto-size, where the box fits the words, or Fixed width, where the words wrap.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Box ▸ Mode
Text Box Width	Set the width the text wraps at.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Box ▸ Width
Set the wrap width with the side handles	Drag a text clip's left or right handle on the canvas to set its wrap width.	Drag a text clip's left or right handle on the canvas
Text Reveal	Choose how the text arrives and leaves: None, Typewriter, Word Fade or Line Rise.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal ▸ Reveal
Typewriter reveal	The text types on, character by character.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal ▸ Reveal ▸ Typewriter
Word Fade reveal	Words fade in one after another.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal ▸ Reveal ▸ Word Fade
Line Rise reveal	Lines rise into place.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal ▸ Reveal ▸ Line Rise
Reveal In and Out durations	Set separate durations for the reveal's arrival and its departure.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal ▸ In, Out
Word styles replace the reveal	On a word-styled caption page the Reveal section is greyed, because the word style decides how the words appear.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal
Bundled fonts	Frame Job ships open-licensed faces that are always in the Family list.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Font ▸ Family
Installed fonts and missing fonts	A text clip can use any font family installed on the Mac, and a project using a font this Mac lacks still opens.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Font ▸ Family
Add a shape clip	Click Add Shape in the timeline bar and pick Rectangle, Ellipse, Line or Arrow to add one at the playhead.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Shape ▸ Rectangle, Ellipse, Line, Arrow
Rectangle	A rectangle shape clip, and with a corner radius, a rounded rectangle.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Shape ▸ Rectangle
Ellipse	An ellipse shape clip that fills its box.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Shape ▸ Ellipse
Line	A straight line that starts diagonally across its box, with two ends you can drag.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Shape ▸ Line
Arrow	A line with an arrowhead at its end.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Shape ▸ Arrow
Resize a shape with the handles	Drag a handle to resize a shape's box, keeping the stroke's thickness. ⇧ frees the aspect ratio on a corner.	Drag a shape's handle on the canvas ⇧-drag
Place a shape and add effects	A shape also has a Picture sub-tab for its position, scale, rotation, opacity and effects.	Clip tab ▸ Picture
Shape Kind	Switch a shape between Rectangle, Ellipse, Line and Arrow.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Shape ▸ Kind
Shape Width and Height	Set the shape's box in pixels.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Shape ▸ Width, Height
Shape Corner radius	Round a rectangle's corners.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Shape ▸ Corner radius
Shape Stroke	Draw an outline around the shape.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Stroke ▸ Stroke
Stroke Width	Set the stroke's thickness.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Stroke ▸ Width
Stroke Color	Set the stroke's colour.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Stroke ▸ Color
Shape Fill	Fill a rectangle or ellipse with a flat colour.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Fill ▸ Fill
Fill Color	Set the fill's colour.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Fill ▸ Color
Fill Opacity	Set how see-through the fill is.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Fill ▸ Opacity
Arrowheads	Put a head on the start, the end or both ends of an arrow. Heads show only when Kind is Arrow.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Arrowheads ▸ Arrowhead at start, Arrowhead at end
Shape colours don't animate	A shape's kind, stroke, fill, gradient and arrowheads cannot be animated; its position, scale and opacity can.	Clip tab ▸ Shape
Change a shape from an agent	An agent can change any of a shape's settings in one call and leave the rest as they are.
Drag a line or arrow endpoint	A selected line or arrow has a round handle at each end that moves that end alone.	Drag a round end handle of a selected line or arrow on the canvas
Shape Gradient	Fill a rectangle or ellipse with a colour ramp in place of the flat fill.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Gradient ▸ Gradient
Gradient Kind	Choose a Linear or Radial gradient.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Gradient ▸ Kind
Gradient Angle	Set a linear gradient's direction, from 0 to 360°.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Gradient ▸ Angle
Gradient stops	Each stop has a colour swatch, a position along the ramp and a Remove button.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Gradient ▸ Stop 1, Stop 2 and so on
Add Stop	Add a stop in the middle of the widest gap, in the colour the ramp already has there, so the picture does not change.	Clip tab ▸ Shape ▸ Gradient ▸ Add Stop
Place an image on the timeline	Import a picture as you would a movie, then drag it to a track or the canvas. It lands as a five-second clip.	Media tab ▸ drag a picture to a track or the canvas
Image clip length	A picture has no length of its own, so an image clip can be trimmed to any duration.	Drag an image clip's edge on the timeline
Picture and Color controls on an image clip	An image clip has every Picture section a video clip has but Layout and Cursor, and a Color sub-tab for grading.	Clip tab ▸ Picture

Effects and keying

Feature	What it does	Where
Chroma Key	Remove a background colour, such as a green screen, so what is on the tracks behind shows through.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Key out a color
Key Color	Choose the colour to remove.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Key Color
Pick from Canvas	Click the preview to sample the key colour; picking also turns the key on.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Pick from Canvas
Chroma Key Tolerance	Set how far from the key colour still counts as background.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Tolerance
Chroma Key Softness	Set how gradual the edge of the key is.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Softness
Chroma Key Spill	Set how much of the key colour is removed from the soft edges that remain, which takes out a coloured fringe.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Spill
Remove Background	Keep the person in a video or picture and make the rest transparent, with no green screen, upload or key.	Clip ▸ Remove Background
Remove Background Subject	For pictures, choose to keep the person or every foreground subject found, such as a pet or an object.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Subject: Person, Foreground
Background: Remove or Keep	Draw the subject alone, or draw the whole clip and still let another clip go behind the subject.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Background: Remove, Keep
Remove Background Edge	Pull the cut-out outline in or push it out.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Edge
Remove Background Feather	Set how soft the cut-out outline is.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Feather
Why the Background rows are greyed	Subject, Background, Edge and Feather stay greyed until every selected clip has Remove Background on.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background
Remove Background Status	A read-out says how far the clip's masks have got, and why a clip is drawing whole.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Status
Analyze Now	Ask for the clip's masks again or retry after a failure, while a clip is analysing or has failed.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Background ▸ Analyze Now
Automatic, cached masks	Masks are made on this Mac as soon as Remove Background is on, for the frames the clip plays, and kept in the project's cache.
Clip shows whole until its masks are ready	In the preview, a clip with Remove Background on shows whole until a frame has its mask, then updates by itself.	Preview
Remove Background on pictures	A picture's mask is made once on this Mac, from the picture as the preview draws it.	Clip ▸ Remove Background
Exports wait for the masks	With Background on Remove, an export draws the subject alone and waits, with no time limit, for every mask it needs.	File ▸ Export…
Save Frame waits for the masks	Saving a frame waits up to 30 seconds for the masks it needs, then saves the clip whole and tells you which files were.	File ▸ Save Frame… ⌥⌘E
Text Behind Subject	Put a new title behind the person in a camera clip or photo in one step at the playhead.	Insert ▸ Text Behind Subject
Behind Subject by hand	Put a title, shape, picture or graphic behind a subject yourself with one checkbox.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Behind Subject ▸ Behind subject
What cuts a clip behind the subject	A clip with Behind subject on is cut, at every moment, by the subject of every cutout clip on a track behind it.
Note when nothing cuts the clip	With one clip selected and Behind subject on, a note says when nothing cuts it at the playhead.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Behind Subject
Drop Shadow	Add a drop shadow cast by the clip's own shape: the picture, a text clip's letters, or a shape's outline and fill.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Shadow ▸ Drop shadow
Shadow Color	Set the shadow's colour.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Shadow ▸ Color
Shadow Opacity	Set the shadow's strength.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Shadow ▸ Opacity
Shadow Blur	Soften the shadow.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Shadow ▸ Blur
Shadow Angle	Set which way the shadow falls.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Shadow ▸ Angle
Shadow Distance	Set how far the shadow falls.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Shadow ▸ Distance
Filter stack	A clip can carry up to four filters.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters
Add Filter	Add a Blur at 50 % to the end of the stack, ready to change to the filter you want.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ Add Filter
Filter order	Move a filter by picking a number in its row; the order only changes the picture among Sepia, Noir, Vignette and Invert.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ number popup
Filter kind	Change what a filter does, keeping its amount.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup
Filter Amount	Set a filter's strength.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ Amount
Remove Filter	Take a filter off the clip.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ Remove
Blur filter	Soften the picture.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Blur
Sharpen filter	Crisp up edges and fine detail.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Sharpen
Pixelate filter	Break the picture into square blocks.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Pixelate
Sepia filter	Give the picture a warm old-photo tone.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Sepia
Noir filter	Turn the picture black and white and add contrast.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Noir
Vignette filter	Darken the picture towards its edges, in an ellipse fitted to the clip's cropped shape.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Vignette
Invert filter	Turn the picture into its negative.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters ▸ kind popup ▸ Invert
Filters on adjustment clips	Paste Sepia, Noir, Vignette or Invert onto an adjustment clip, and it applies to everything behind that clip.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Filters in an action	An action can ramp a filter's Amount; its kind and place switch at the action's end, and adding or removing isn't animated.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters with an action selected
Reflection	Hang a mirrored copy of the clip under it, fading out.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Reflection ▸ Mirror the layer below itself
Reflection Opacity	Set how strong the reflection is where it touches the clip.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Reflection ▸ Opacity
Reflection Height	Set how much of the clip is mirrored, as a share of its cropped height.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Reflection ▸ Height
Reflection Gap	Set the space between the clip and its reflection.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Reflection ▸ Gap
Reflection Falloff	Set how far the reflection fades on its way down.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Reflection ▸ Falloff
Spotlight	Dim the clip outside a rectangle or ellipse, and optionally magnify what is inside.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Spotlight a region
Spotlight Shape	Choose a rectangle or an ellipse.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Shape: Rectangle, Ellipse
Spotlight Center	Place the spotlight on the clip's picture, measured from its centre.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Center X, Center Y
Spotlight Size	Set the spotlight's width and height.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Width, Height
Spotlight Feather	Soften the spotlight's edge.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Feather
Spotlight Dim	Set how much darker everything outside the region is.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Dim
Spotlight Zoom	Magnify what is inside the spotlight.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Spotlight ▸ Zoom
Obscure regions	Hide a face, password field or phone number behind up to four blurred or pixelated regions per clip.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure
Add Region	Add a 480 × 270 pixelated region at the centre of the clip.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Add Region
Place on Canvas	Drag a rectangle over the selected clip to add a region there.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Place on Canvas
Region kind	Choose Pixelate, which destroys the detail, or Blur, which only softens it.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N popup
Region shape	Choose a rectangle or an ellipse for a region.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N ▸ Shape: Rectangle, Ellipse
Region Amount	Set how strongly the region hides.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N ▸ Amount
Region Feather	Ramp the effect in over the region's edge.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N ▸ Feather
Region Center	Place a region as numbers, in the clip's own pixels from the centre of its picture.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N ▸ Center
Region Size	Set a region's width and height as numbers.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N ▸ Size
Remove Region	Take a region off the clip.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure ▸ Region N ▸ Remove
Region grips on the canvas	Move a selected clip's regions and resize them on the preview; hold ⌥ to resize about the centre.	Preview: drag a region's centre cross or handles
Animating a region	A region's Amount, Feather, Center and Size can ramp over an action, so it can follow something across the shot.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Obscure with an action selected
Hide While Silent	Fade a clip out in the pauses of a chosen file's speech and back in as it resumes.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Hide While Silent ▸ Hide while silent
Hide While Silent Speech from	Pick which file's speech the clip follows.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Hide While Silent ▸ Speech from
Hide While Silent Pre-roll	Set how long before each run of words the clip is fully back.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Hide While Silent ▸ Pre-roll
Hide While Silent Hold	Set how long the clip stays after each run of words.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Hide While Silent ▸ Hold
Hide While Silent Fade	Set how long the clip takes to fade out and in.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Hide While Silent ▸ Fade
When the followed file stops playing	Where the followed file does not play at all, the clip shows, coming straight back with no fade.
Hide While Silent leaves Opacity alone	The fade only touches the drawn picture, so the clip's own Opacity keeps its value.
The line on the timeline	A teal line runs across a Hide While Silent clip on the timeline: at the top the clip shows, at the bottom it is hidden.	Timeline clip

Motion and transitions

Feature	What it does	Where
Actions	A span of time on one clip over which its properties move to an end state you set, in place of keyframes.	Clip ▸ Add Action ⌥⌘K
An action holds its end state	When an action's span is over, the clip keeps the end state until a later action changes it.
Action times are in clip time	An action's times are measured from the clip's own start, not from the start of the timeline.
Several actions on one clip	A clip can have as many actions as fit end to end, and they run in time order, each starting from the state the earlier ones left behind.
Action numbers	Actions are numbered in time order, and the number is the same on the timeline and in the Clip tab.
Easing curves	Four curves set how a value moves across an action or a transition: Linear, Ease In, Ease Out and Ease In Out.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ detail row ▸ Curve
Default action curves	A new action from Add Action is Linear, and a zoom action is Ease In Out.
Numbers ramp along the curve	Numbers such as position, scale, opacity, volume and a grade's sliders move smoothly along the action's curve.
Switches, pop-ups and text change at the end	An on/off box, a filter's kind, a font or a graphic's text or image holds its value, then switches when the action ends.	Clip tab, with an action selected
Lists ramp entry by entry	Filter and obscure-region lists ramp entry by entry while both ends have the same number of entries.
Animate picture properties	An action can animate almost every value in the Picture sub-tab, from transform and crop to shadow, spotlight and filter amounts.	Clip tab ▸ Picture with an action selected
Animate colour properties	An action can animate Light, Color, Wheels, Curves and the Look amount, and on an adjustment clip its Strength and the Qualifier.	Clip tab ▸ Color with an action selected
Animate sound properties	An action can animate the Sound sub-tab's Volume and Fades sections and every audio setting except the few that never animate.	Clip tab ▸ Sound with an action selected
Animate text properties	An action can animate the Text sub-tab's style, size and colours.	Clip tab ▸ Text sub-tab with an action selected
Animate speed	An action can change a media clip's playback rate, which makes a speed ramp, and hold the new rate after it ends.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed ▸ Rate with an action selected
What never animates	Some rows change the clip itself whatever is selected, such as Motion presets and Ducking, and most are marked ⊘.	Clip tab rows marked ⊘
Colours blend in OKLab	Colours that ramp blend through OKLab, which keeps the midpoints even and avoids the muddy middle of a straight RGB blend.
Add Action	Add a 1-second action at the playhead on the selected clip, selected and ready to edit.	Clip ▸ Add Action ⌥⌘K
A new action starts empty	A new action's end state is empty, so it changes nothing until you edit it.
When Add Action is available	Add Action needs the playhead over a selected clip: the menu item greys out otherwise, and the lane's + button beeps.	Clip ▸ Add Action
Add Action with several clips selected	With several clips selected, the action goes on the first selected clip under the playhead and is not selected.
When there's no room for an action	Frame Job beeps and adds nothing when the action would overlap another action or run past the clip's end.
Other commands that make actions	Zoom to Region, Speed Ramp, Auto Zoom, Follow Subject, Camera Layout and the volume line all make ordinary actions you can edit.
Click a band to select an action	Click a band on the timeline or in the action lane to select its action, and the playhead moves to the action's end.	A band on the timeline, or Clip tab ▸ action lane
Adding an action selects it	An action made with Add Action, Zoom to Region or Zoom Back is selected as it is added.
Play or scrub into an action	Playing or scrubbing the playhead into an action's span selects it while its clip is the only one selected.	Move the playhead into an action's span
How a selected action looks	The selected action's band is solid, a wash runs down the clip under its span, and the span is shaded on the ruler.	Timeline
The Clip chip	Highlighted while no action is selected. Click it to leave the action, so the fields edit the clip again.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ Clip chip
Leave an action	Press Esc, click the Clip chip or select a different clip to deselect an action, so the Clip tab shows the clip's own values again.	Esc Esc
Selecting is not an edit	Selecting an action is not an undo step and is not saved with the project.
Edit an action's end state	While an action is selected, every field in the Clip tab shows and sets the values the clip reaches at the action's end.	Clip tab with an action selected
Edit an action's end state on the canvas	With an action selected, moving, scaling, rotating or cropping on the canvas edits that action's end state instead of the clip.	The canvas, with an action selected
Switch a property off at an action's end	Untick a switch inside an action, such as Drop shadow or Outline, and that property turns off when the action ends.	Clip tab checkbox with an action selected
Set an action's end state as an agent	An agent sets an action's end state with set_action_end, and what it sends merges into what the action already holds.
Row marks	A narrow gutter on each Clip tab row shows how it relates to the selected action.	Clip tab row gutter
The "at end" tag	A control that can't blend, such as a pop-up or a checkbox, says "at end": it holds until the action's end, then switches.	Clip tab row
Sliders inside an action	A slider's rail fills in the action colour from the action's start value to the knob, and a coral tick marks the playhead's value.	Clip tab slider
The "now …" tag	A row with no slider shows the value at the playhead in a coral tag, such as "now 1.50×".	Clip tab field
Section header marks	Section headers carry the same marks as rows, with a ◆N count, and a section where every row is ⊘ says so.	Clip tab section header
Clear a section from an action	Click Clear in a section's header to take that whole section out of the selected action.	Clip tab section header ▸ Clear
Sub-tab ◆N counts	Each sub-tab's label shows ◆N when the selected action animates N things on it.	Clip tab sub-tab strip
Animated sections open by themselves	Selecting an action opens the sections it animates on the current sub-tab, for as long as that action stays selected.	Clip tab
Take a property out of an action	Hover over a ◆ and click the × that replaces it to take that row out of the selected action.	Clip tab row ▸ ◆ ▸ ×
The row menu	Right-click an inspector row to take it out of the action, go to the action that animates it, or put it back to its default.	Right-click a row in the Clip tab
Drag a band to move an action	Drag a band's body on the timeline or in the action lane to move the action within its clip.	A band on the timeline, or Clip tab ▸ action lane
Drag a band's grips to resize an action	Drag either end of a band to move that end of the action. The 5 pt grips show on hover.	A band on the timeline, or Clip tab ▸ action lane
What a band drag stops at	A band drag snaps to whole frames, keeps the action at least one frame long, and stops at neighbouring actions and the clip's ends.
The drag readout	While you drag, a readout gives the band's new times and offset, or the change in length in frames.	During a band drag
Drag in the Clip tab's lane	The Clip tab's lane moves and resizes bands the same way as the timeline, and selects the action when you let go.	Clip tab ▸ action lane
Zero-length actions	A zero-length action shows only in the Clip tab's lane, where you can select it but not drag it.	Clip tab ▸ action lane
Action Start	Type where the action starts, as a timecode measured from the clip's own start.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ detail row ▸ Start
Action Length	Type how long the action takes, in seconds, snapped to whole frames.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ detail row ▸ Length
Action Curve	Pick how the action eases from its start to its end state, with a small glyph of the curve beside the pop-up.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ detail row ▸ Curve
Change an action as an agent	Agents move an action, change its length or change its curve with set_action.
Why an action edit didn't work	When Frame Job won't take a typed Start, Length or end value, it beeps and gives the reason at the foot of the inspector.	Foot of the inspector
Remove an action	With an action selected, press ⌫ or click the trash button in the action lane to remove only the action, not the clip.	Edit ▸ Delete, with an action selected ⌫
Ripple Delete still deletes the clip	⌘⌫ deletes the whole selected clip and closes the gap, even while an action is selected.	Edit ▸ Ripple Delete ⌘⌫
Action bands on the timeline	Each clip that has an action shows an action lane directly under its name strip, with one numbered band per action.	Timeline, under the name strip
What a band shows at each track height	How much a band shows depends on View ▸ Timeline Track Height.	View ▸ Timeline Track Height
Band hover	Pointing at a band highlights it and shows its grips.	Hover a band on the timeline or in the Clip tab's lane
The Clip tab's action lane	A small timeline of the selected clip in the Clip tab shows the Clip chip, its actions as numbered bands in time order, and the playhead.	Clip tab ▸ action lane
The lane's header row	The header shows ACTIONS, the count or "none", "· editing N" while action N is selected, and three buttons.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ header row
Transition, fades and motion in the lane	Under the bands the lane draws the clip's hatched transition overlap, its audio fades and its motion wedges, the same marks the timeline draws.	Clip tab ▸ action lane
The lane's detail row	Shown only while an action is selected, with Start, Length, Curve and the trash button.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ detail row
The lane with several clips selected	With several clips selected the lane reads "Select one clip to edit its actions."	Clip tab ▸ action lane
Trimming and actions	Trimming a clip's start keeps its actions' clip time, and trimming its end leaves them in place, so one can run past the new end.	Timeline
Slip, Roll and actions	Slip and Roll leave actions where they are in clip time.	Timeline
Speed changes and actions	Changing the speed or rate-stretching keeps a clip's actions at their place as a fraction of the clip.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Splitting and actions	On a split, actions after the cut go to the second half, and one that spans the cut is divided between the halves.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Adding a transition and actions	Adding a transition at a hard cut moves the incoming clip's actions with its new first frame, so a zoom stays on the frame it was drawn over.
Copies keep their actions	Duplicate, Copy and Paste give copies that keep their actions.	Edit ▸ Duplicate ⌘D
Nesting keeps actions	Nested clips keep their actions inside the nest.
Freeze Frame bakes actions	A freeze frame's still has no actions, and the look at the frozen frame is baked into its own properties.	Clip ▸ Freeze Frame ⇧⌘F
Blurred Background has no actions	The backdrop copy has no actions, so a zoom on the foreground doesn't zoom the backdrop.	Clip ▸ Add Blurred Background
Paste Attributes skips actions	Paste Attributes does not copy actions.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
What keeps or drops motion presets	Freeze Frame and Add Blurred Background drop a clip's motion presets, while Duplicate, Detach Audio and Paste keep them.
Properties a graphic no longer has	When a graphic's module changes, a property it no longer has or lets animate shows dimmed, with ⌫ to take it out of the action.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties ▸ ⌫
Zoom to Region	Draw a rectangle on the picture and the clip zooms so that rectangle fills the frame: the screencast zoom, added as an action.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ zoom-in magnifier Z
The canvas hint and outline	While you draw, a hint gives the keys and a second outline shows exactly what the canvas will show once the zoom lands.	Canvas, in Zoom to Region mode
Fit or fill	By default the whole rectangle is shown; hold ⇧ while dragging to fill the canvas instead.	⇧ while dragging in Zoom to Region mode ⇧
The scale limit	The zoom stops at 1,000%, the largest scale a layer can take, and the rectangle stays centred even then.
Leaving Zoom to Region	Press Esc, press Z again or click the zoom-in magnifier again to leave the mode.	Esc Esc
Which clip can be zoomed	The mode needs exactly one selected clip drawn at the playhead and not on a locked track; otherwise Z beeps.	Z Z
A zoom on a clip with a During preset	On a clip with a During preset, a second hint warns that the zoom is worked out without it, so the rectangle won't sit exactly in place.	Canvas, in Zoom to Region mode
Zoom Back	Add a 1-second Ease In Out action back to the clip's own scale and position, to pull out after a zoom.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ zoom-out magnifier
Auto Zoom	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… plans these same zoom actions for a screen recording from its cursor file.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
Motion presets	Give a clip a ready-made entrance, exit or continuous movement tied to its two ends, so it moves with a trim.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets
Motion sits on top of placement	Motion is applied on top of the clip's own placement and any actions, relative to the clip.
The inspector shows un-moved values	The Clip tab's fields show the clip's own, un-moved values, even though the preview and export show it moving.	Clip tab
The Motion presets section	The section at the end of the Clip sub-tab holds In, In Duration, Out, Out Duration, During, Amount, Period and Preview.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets
In	Choose how a clip enters, or None.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In
In Duration	Set how long the entrance takes, from 0.1 to 10 s.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In Duration
Out	Choose how a clip leaves, or None.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ Out
Out Duration	Set how long the exit takes, from 0.1 to 10 s.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ Out Duration
The Clip ▸ Motion menu	Each of In, Out and During lists its kinds, then None to clear the slot, and works on every selected clip that has a picture.	Clip ▸ Motion
Changing a kind keeps its settings	Changing a slot's kind keeps the duration, amount and period it already had.
Reset	The section's Reset clears all three slots on every selected clip.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ Reset
Presets across several clips	With several clips selected, a change to one slot leaves each clip's other slots as they were.
Preview	Set the in/out range to the clip, turn Loop on and play it, so you can watch its motion.	Clip ▸ Motion ▸ Preview
Set presets as an agent	Agents set or clear a clip's motion presets through set_video.
Motion marks on the timeline	Small marks on a clip's name strip show its active motion: a wedge at each end for an In or Out, and a wave symbol for a During.	Timeline clip name strip
Overlong presets shorten	When In and Out together outlast the clip, both shorten in proportion, so the entrance ends on the frame where the exit begins.
Inactive presets	An In or Out with zero duration, which can come from an agent, is kept but does nothing, and is marked so you can fix it.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets
Presets are not part of an action	Motion rows are marked ⊘ and always change the clip, even with an action selected.
Splitting a clip with presets	A split gives the first half no Out and the second half no In, so the cut doesn't play an exit and an entrance.
Speed changes leave presets alone	Changing the speed doesn't rescale a clip's motion presets.
Dragging during motion	A canvas drag started mid-motion starts from the clip's un-moved position.
How In and Out relate	The same nine kinds fill both slots as a pair, not a rewind: an In slows as the clip arrives, and an Out speeds up as it leaves.
Fade	Fades the clip in or out.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Zoom In	Grows the clip while fading it, from 60% on the way in and to 140% on the way out.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Zoom Out	Shrinks the clip while fading it, from 140% on the way in and to 60% on the way out.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Slide Left	Moves the clip leftward as it arrives or leaves.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Slide Right	Moves the clip rightward as it arrives or leaves.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Slide Up	Moves the clip upward as it arrives or leaves.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Slide Down	Moves the clip downward as it arrives or leaves.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Spin (In and Out)	Makes half a turn clockwise as the clip arrives or leaves, scaling between 30% and full size and fading.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Pop	Springs the clip past full size as it arrives or leaves.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ In or Out
Slides measure the drawn layer	A slide measures the layer as it is drawn, so it starts or ends exactly off the edge of the canvas, or of the nest it is inside.
Slides on text clips	A text clip has no measured size, so a slide starts or ends half a canvas past the edge, which clears any text narrower than the canvas.
During	Choose what a clip does all the way through, or None.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ During
Amount	Set how strong the During movement is, from 0 to 100%.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ Amount
Period	Set how long one During cycle takes, from 0.1 to 10 s.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ Period
Pulse	Gently grows and shrinks once per period.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ During
Shake	Jitters in a pattern that never visibly repeats.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ During
Spin (During)	Turns clockwise without stopping.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ During
Bounce	Hops upward once per period.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ During
Drift	A slow push-in across the whole clip.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Motion presets ▸ During
During starts from the clip's placement	Every During movement starts from the clip's own placement on its first frame.
During runs under In and Out	A During movement runs under the In and Out, so a clip can slide in while it pulses.
During restarts at each cut	A During movement restarts at each cut, so Remove Silences on a clip with Pulse or Drift can make it jump at the cuts.
Motion Blur	Blur a moving clip along its path, set as the shutter's share of one frame.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Motion Blur
The same in preview and export	The blur is the same in the preview, Save Frame, every export and a frame an agent renders.
Motion Blur animates	Motion Blur can change inside an action, so a blur can ramp in and out.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Motion Blur, with an action selected
Motion blur with blend modes	A blended clip blends its averaged picture once, so a screened clip screens its blurred picture over what is under it.
Where motion blur stays sharp	A clip in a transition, on a matte track, cut by Text Behind Subject or with a drop shadow draws sharp, whatever the row says.
No motion blur on nests or adjustment clips	The row is greyed on a nest clip, so set the blur on the clips inside. An adjustment clip has no Picture sub-tab, so no row.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Motion Blur
Transitions	A transition plays across the overlap between two clips on the same track.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
The overlap rules	Clips on a track overlap only as a transition: at most one neighbour on each side, and at most half the shorter clip.	Timeline
Overlapping two clips adds a Cross Dissolve	When an edit makes a clip overlap the one before it, with no transition stored, Frame Job adds an eased, crossfading Cross Dissolve.	Drag a clip onto its neighbour
An overlap with no stored transition	Choosing None keeps the overlap, which blends as a linear cross dissolve with no hatch and no sound crossfade until the next move or trim.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition
The transition zone on clips	The overlap between two clips draws as a hatched zone across the cut, with the transition's name in it when the word fits.	Timeline
A transition needs an overlap	A transition stored on a clip that overlaps nothing does nothing until there is an overlap.
Cross Dissolve	The outgoing clip fades into the incoming one.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Cross Dissolve
Fade Through Black	The outgoing clip fades to black over the first half, then the incoming one fades up from black over the second half.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Fade Through Black
Fade Through White	The outgoing clip fades to white, then the incoming one fades up from white.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Fade Through White
Push Left	Both clips move: the outgoing leaves to the left as the incoming pushes in from the right.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Push Left
Push Right	The outgoing leaves to the right and the incoming comes in from the left.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Push Right
Push Up	The outgoing leaves upward and the incoming comes up from the bottom.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Push Up
Push Down	The outgoing leaves downward and the incoming comes down from the top.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Push Down
Wipe	An edge sweeps left to right, revealing the incoming clip.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Wipe
Slide	The incoming clip slides in from the right over the outgoing one, which stays put.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Slide
Zoom	The outgoing clip grows toward you to 125% while the incoming one grows into place from 75%, and the two dissolve into each other.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Zoom
Wipe Left	An edge sweeps right to left.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Wipe Left
Wipe Up	An edge sweeps upward.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Wipe Up
Wipe Down	An edge sweeps downward.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Wipe Down
Wipes on clips of different sizes	A wipe's edge is measured in each clip's own frame, so two clips of different sizes don't meet at one line.
Fades through a colour on small layers	On a picture-in-picture, a fade through a colour shows a black or white box over what's behind it, not a see-through fade.
The Clip ▸ Transition menu	Apply a chosen style to every selected clip at once.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
Restyle an existing overlap	A clip that already overlaps the clip before it gets the chosen style, keeping its curve and crossfade.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
A transition at a hard cut	A clip that starts where the previous one ends gets a half-second overlap centred on the cut, from footage the clips aren't showing.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
Clips that are skipped	A clip after a gap, or the first clip on its track, is skipped by Clip ▸ Transition.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
When there is no footage to spare	When two clips use their whole files, Clip ▸ Transition shows a sheet offering to make the overlap another way.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
Shift Clips Left	Make the overlap by sliding the second clip, and everything after it on unlocked tracks, left by half a second.	No-extra-footage sheet ▸ Shift Clips Left
Set or clear a transition as an agent	Agents set a style on a clip that already overlaps, or clear it, with set_transition.
Remove a transition	Choose None to remove the stored transition. The overlap stays, so move or trim the clips to get a hard cut back.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸ None
The Transition section	An inspector section on the Clip sub-tab, shown when a single selected clip overlaps the clip before it.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition
Kind	Choose how a clip meets the one before it where they overlap, or None.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Kind
Curve	Choose how the transition's progress is eased.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Curve
Duration	Set the overlap's length, from 0.02 to 10 s, which moves the later clip to match.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Duration
Transition alignment	A new overlap is centred on the cut, and an agent can take its footage from one side instead.
Default transition values	A transition Frame Job makes is eased with Ease In Out and crossfades its sound.

Speed

Feature	What it does	Where
Which clips take speed	Speed…, Fit to, rate stretch, ramps, Reverse and Freeze Frame need a video or audio clip; only Retime Range also reaches other clips.
Rate range ×0.1 to ×1000	A clip can play anywhere from a tenth of normal speed to a thousand times normal.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Speed limits at a glance	A clip keeps its sound up to ×12, rates run from ×0.1 to ×1000, and a freeze frame lasts 2 s.
The Speed sheet	Clip ▸ Speed… sets the playback rate of the selected media clips and shows the result before you apply it.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Speed sheet: Rate	Type the playback rate as a number: 1 is normal, 2 is twice as fast, 0.5 is half speed.	Clip ▸ Speed… ▸ Rate
Speed sheet: Presets	A pull-down that fills in Rate with a common speed.	Clip ▸ Speed… ▸ Presets
Speed sheet: the readout	A readout shows the clip count, the total length before and after, each transition affected, and a note for ramped clips.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Speed sheet: Apply	Apply sets the rate on every listed clip as one undo step, Set Speed.	Clip ▸ Speed… ▸ Apply
A speed change keeps the clip's start	A constant speed change keeps the clip's start and changes its length, so a faster clip can leave a gap that later clips do not close.	Clip ▸ Speed…
A slowed clip overlapping the next clip	A slowed clip that runs into the next gives that clip a transition across the overlap, or keeps its old speed if the overlap isn't allowed.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Fit to	Type a length in the Speed section and the rate changes so the clip plays in that time, within the ×0.1 to ×1000 limits.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Fit to
The new length snaps to a whole frame	After a speed change the clip's length snaps to a whole frame and never runs past the end of the file at the new rate.	Clip ▸ Speed…
When Fit to is unavailable	Fit to changes the whole clip even with an action selected, shows only for media clips, and won't change a clip linked to detached sound.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Fit to
The Speed section	When every selected clip is a media clip, the Clip tab's Clip sub-tab has a Speed section holding Rate, Keep pitch and Fit to.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section
Speed section: Rate	Sets the rate, from ×0.1 to ×1000, on every selected media clip. A value past a limit is set to the nearest limit.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Rate
Speed section: Rate quick picks	The chevron at the end of the Rate field opens a menu of 0.50×, 1.00×, 2.00× and 4.00×.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ the chevron on Rate
Speed section: Keep pitch	The same setting as the Speed sheet's Preserve pitch, on every selected media clip. It also brings them all to the first clip's rate.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Keep pitch
Speed section: Reset	Reset in the section header sets the rate back to ×1.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Reset
Rate inside an action	While an action is selected, Rate shows and sets the rate that action ends on, which turns any action into a Speed action.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Rate
Clear a rate from an action	Take the rate out of an action, and keep the action, with the header's Clear, the row's × on hover, or right-click Remove from action N.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Clear
Keep pitch and Fit to stay the clip's in an action	Keep pitch and Fit to change the clip itself even with an action selected, so they're marked ⊘ and never animate.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section
Rate stretch	Hold ⌥ and drag a media clip's end edge to change its length by changing its speed, so it still plays all of the source it showed.	Timeline: ⌥-drag a media clip's end edge ⌥-drag
Rate stretch snapping	A rate stretch snaps like any other edge drag; hold ⌘ to turn snapping off.	Timeline: ⌥-drag a media clip's end edge ⌘ while dragging
Which edges and clips stretch	Only the end edge of a media clip stretches; every other case falls back to an ordinary trim or does nothing.	Timeline: ⌥-drag
Rate stretch of a ramped clip	On a clip with a speed ramp the whole ramp stretches with the clip and keeps its shape.	Timeline: ⌥-drag end edge
Keep pitch	A per-clip setting, on by default, that decides whether sound keeps its own pitch at a new speed or follows the speed like tape.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Keep pitch
Speed sheet: Preserve pitch	Keeps the sound at its own pitch at the new speed; off, the pitch rises and falls with the speed.	Clip ▸ Speed… ▸ Preserve pitch
Tape-pitch audio is rendered in the background	With Keep pitch off at any rate but ×1, up to ×12, the clip's sound is rendered first, so it's silent in the preview until that finishes.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Keep pitch
Sound is left out above ×12	A clip played faster than ×12 goes silent in the preview and the export while its picture keeps playing, and Frame Job asks first.	Clip ▸ Speed…
The ×12 rule on ramped clips	On a ramped clip, one rate above ×12 anywhere in the ramp silences the whole clip, not only the fast part.
The ×12 alert	Before an edit takes a clip with sound from ×12 or below to above ×12, an alert asks first.
×12 alert: Set Speed	Makes the edit exactly as you asked, and keeps this name when the edit is a ramp or a stretch.	×12 alert ▸ Set Speed
×12 alert: Cancel	Changes nothing and adds no undo step, and a sheet that asked stays open.	×12 alert ▸ Cancel
Where the ×12 alert appears	The alert can come from the Speed, Speed Ramp, Retime Range and Speed Up Typing sheets, the Speed section and the ⌥ rate stretch.
The silent audio note	The Speed section shows "Audio is silent above ×12" when a selected clip with sound is past the audio limit.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section
Agents and the ×12 limit	An agent is never asked: its edit goes through, and the result lists the clips that went silent.
Speed ramps	A clip's rate can change over time, for example ×1 up to ×4 over half a second, a hold, then back down.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp…
Speed actions	A ramp is made of ordinary actions on the clip's action lane whose end sets a rate.	Action lane
A ramped clip keeps its place and length	A ramp changes how much of the file plays, not the clip's start, its end or the clips around it.	Timeline
The rate line	A white line across the action lane draws the clip's rate over its length, higher where it plays faster.	Timeline action lane
The speed band label	At the Large track height, a Speed action's band on the timeline is labelled speed.	Timeline action lane
A ramp never plays past the media's end	An edit that would make a ramp play past the end of the file isn't made, and the reason says what would fit.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section
The Speed Ramp sheet	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… makes a whole ramp in one step on one selected media clip, out of ordinary Speed actions.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp…
The span a ramp covers	The ramp covers the timeline's in/out range if it lies entirely inside the clip, otherwise the whole clip.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp…
Speed Ramp sheet: Shape	Picks one of the four shapes; choosing a shape resets Rate to that shape's default.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Shape
Ramp Up	One action over the span, rising from the current rate to the target and holding it after.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Shape
Ramp Down	One action over the span, falling to the target and holding it after.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Shape
Speed Dip	Two actions: a ramp down to the target at the start of the span, a hold, and a ramp back to the starting rate at its end.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Shape
Speed Burst	Two actions: a ramp up to the target at the start of the span, a hold, and a ramp back to the starting rate at its end.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Shape
Speed Ramp sheet: Rate	The target rate the ramp reaches, from ×0.1 to ×1000, with the same Presets as the Speed sheet.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Rate
Speed Ramp sheet: Curve	How each new action eases: Ease In Out or Linear.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Curve
Speed Ramp sheet: Hold	For Speed Dip and Speed Burst, how much of the span stays at the rate: None, 25%, 50% or 75%.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Hold
Speed Ramp sheet: the live readout	The sheet tries the ramp on every change, including each keystroke in Rate, and shows the shape, the span and the rates it would make.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp…
Speed Ramp sheet: Apply	Adds the actions as one undo step named after the shape, for example Speed Dip.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp… ▸ Apply
When Speed Ramp's Apply is unavailable	Apply is dimmed if the span overlaps an action or is too short, the rate is on the wrong side, the clip is linked, or the file runs out.	Clip ▸ Speed Ramp…
Build a ramp by hand	Add actions at the playhead and give each an end rate to shape a ramp one change at a time.	Clip ▸ Add Action ⌥⌘K
Move and resize a Speed action	Drag the band on the action lane to move it, or drag its edges to resize it.	Action lane: drag the band
Speed action curve	Choose how an action eases, Linear, In, Out or In Out, in the detail row under the Clip tab's action lane.	Clip tab ▸ action lane detail row ▸ curve pop-up
The playhead selects the action	With one clip selected, playing or scrubbing into an action selects it.	Timeline
Back to editing the clip	Press Esc, or choose the Clip chip on the Clip tab's action lane, to go back to editing the clip itself.	Clip tab ▸ action lane ▸ Clip chip Esc
Splitting inside a Speed action	A split inside a Speed action keeps the picture continuous at the cut, with no repeated or skipped frame.	Clip ▸ Split
Scaling a whole ramp	Speed…, Rate with no action selected, Fit to, the ⌥ rate stretch and Retime Range scale a whole ramp by one factor, keeping its shape.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Edits follow the ramp	Trims, slips, rolls, splits, freeze frames and transitions read the ramp, so each lands on the frame actually playing at that moment.	Timeline
Filmstrip and waveform follow the ramp	A ramped clip's filmstrip and waveform on the timeline follow the ramp.	Timeline
A Speed action past the clip's end	An action left past the clip's end stays on it and still counts for ×12. While its band shows, you can change its curve, move or shorten it.	Action lane
When a ramp edit can't be made	Nothing changes, and the reason shows at the foot of the inspector, or in the Speed Ramp sheet's readout.	The foot of the inspector
Rendered audio	Ramped clips, and constant clips at any rate but ×1 with Keep pitch off, have their sound rendered in the background.
Undo and redo render again	Undo and redo usually render the clip's sound again, because the older file is dropped, so the clip is briefly silent then too.	Edit ▸ Undo, Edit ▸ Redo
Ramp sound with Keep pitch off	The sound glides smoothly up and down in pitch with the rate, like tape, and stays in step with the picture.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Keep pitch
Ramp sound with Keep pitch on	The sound keeps its own pitch as the speed changes. After a steep slow-down it can run up to about 24 ms behind the picture.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed section ▸ Keep pitch
Silent in the preview while rendering	While a clip's sound is still rendering, that clip plays silent in the preview.	Preview
Exports wait for rendered audio	An export waits for every render it needs and never writes that sound silent. The Exporting sheet reads Preparing during the wait.	The Exporting sheet
A failed audio render	If a render fails, an export that needs it fails naming the clip, and the clip stays silent until its timing changes or Frame Job is reopened.
Captions follow a speed change	When a clip with sound changes speed, or a Speed action on it changes, the captions over it move with its speech in the same undo step.	Clip ▸ Speed…
Which captions move	Only text clips on an unlocked, text-only track named Captions or Captions N, lying wholly inside the edited clip, are re-timed.	Timeline
Speech the clip no longer plays	A caption whose speech the clip no longer reaches is removed; a word caption page only partly reached keeps the words that still play.	Timeline
Moved captions and their neighbours	A moved caption is cut back where it would run into a caption that did not move.	Timeline
Retime Range	Clip ▸ Retime Range… plays the In–Out range faster or slower on every unlocked track at once and moves everything after Out to stay in step.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
Retime Range inside a nest	Retime Range works inside a nest, where it retimes the nest's own tracks.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
Retime Range sheet: Rate	How much faster the range plays, from ×0.1 to ×1000, starting at ×2, with the Speed sheet's presets.	Clip ▸ Retime Range… ▸ Rate
Retime Range sheet: Preserve pitch	Sets the pitch setting on every video or audio clip in the range.	Clip ▸ Retime Range… ▸ Preserve pitch
Retime Range sheet: Apply	Apply at ×1 closes the sheet and changes nothing. At any other rate it retimes the range.	Clip ▸ Retime Range… ▸ Apply
Clips across an edge are cut	A clip that crosses In or Out is cut there first, as Split cuts it.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
Rates multiply	Each video or audio clip inside plays at its own rate times the Rate, and a ramp keeps its shape with every rate scaled.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
Titles, shapes and stills stretch too	Titles, shapes, stills, images, graphics and adjustment clips inside are stretched or squeezed by the same amount.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
Actions keep their place	Actions keep their place in each clip, at the same fraction of its length.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
Markers and detached sound	Markers inside the range move with the picture, markers after it move with everything else, and a detached sound moves with its linked clip.	Clip ▸ Retime Range…
When a range cannot be retimed	Nothing changes and the reason appears at the foot of the inspector when the range cannot be retimed.	The foot of the inspector
Reverse a clip	A checkbox plays the clip back to front, picture and sound, or forwards again.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing section ▸ Reverse
Reverse in the Timing section	With one clip selected Timing shows In, Out and Duration above the Reverse rows; with several media clips, only the Reverse rows.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing section
Reversed frames	A row shows where the backwards copy has got to: Rendering…, Rendered, Not rendered or Media missing.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing section ▸ Reversed frames
Render Reverse	Starts the render again after it was cancelled or failed.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing section ▸ Render Reverse
Reversing keeps the clip in place	Reversing never moves the clip: it keeps its start, its length and its in point.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing section ▸ Reverse
Reverse with speed and ramps	Reverse works with Speed, Fit to, the ⌥ rate stretch and speed ramps; a reversed ramped clip ramps through the file backwards.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Timing section ▸ Reverse
The Reversing sheet	Turning on Reverse for a file with no copy shows a progress sheet while Frame Job renders a backwards copy once.	Reversing sheet
The backwards copy is shared	The backwards copy is kept in the project package and shared by every reversed clip of that file.
Reversing sheet: Cancel	Stops the render; the sheet reads Stopping… and then explains how to try again, offering Close.	Reversing sheet ▸ Cancel
When a file cannot be reversed	If a file cannot be reversed, the sheet says how many files failed and names the first.	Reversing sheet
A slate until the copy exists	Until a clip's backwards copy exists it shows a slate instead of playing forwards.	Preview
Reversed clips keep depth and colour	The backwards copy is 10-bit, at the source's exact size, with its colour information, so an HDR or log clip still looks right.
Still images have no Reverse	A picture or freeze frame looks the same backwards, so it has no Reverse rows and nothing to render.
Freeze Frame	Holds the frame under the playhead for 2 s by splitting the clip, opening time and filling it with a still.	Clip ▸ Freeze Frame ⇧⌘F
Freeze Frame keeps everything in sync	2 s of empty time opens at the playhead across every unlocked track, so everything after it moves later together.	Clip ▸ Freeze Frame ⇧⌘F
Freeze Frame keeps the clip's look	The still keeps the clip's position, scale, crop and other picture settings as they were at that moment, so it lines up with the frame.	Clip ▸ Freeze Frame ⇧⌘F
Freeze Frame on a ramped clip	On a ramped or speed-changed clip the still holds the frame actually playing at the playhead.	Clip ▸ Freeze Frame ⇧⌘F
Change the frozen frame	⌥⇧-drag the still's body to hold an earlier or later frame of the source while it stays where it is.	Timeline: ⌥⇧-drag the still's body ⌥⇧-drag
When Freeze Frame is available	Freeze Frame works on a selected clip of a video file under the playhead, and is dimmed when there's none.	Clip ▸ Freeze Frame ⇧⌘F

Audio

Feature	What it does	Where
One kind of track for all sound	Any track can hold a clip with sound, and every clip with sound is mixed by its own settings and its track's.	Timeline
The fixed signal order	Sound passes through a clip's settings in one fixed order, from Voice Isolation to Limiter, with Volume, fades and ducking last.	Clip tab ▸ Sound
Sound on a nest	On a nest clip, Volume, Mute, the fades, Mix to mono and ducking work, and the other Sound sections do nothing.	Clip tab ▸ Sound, with a nest clip selected
Sound analysis after import	Frame Job analyses each file's sound on your Mac after import. Until that's done, the tools that measure a clip skip it or stop.
The Sound sub-tab	When the selection includes a clip that plays sound, the Clip tab shows a Sound sub-tab with fifteen sections.	Clip tab ▸ Sound
Section summaries	Each Sound section header shows a one-line summary of its state, such as '+3.5 dB', '2 on' or 'Space: Hall 100%'.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ section headers
Section Reset buttons	Each Sound section header has a Reset button that appears when the section differs from its default.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ section headers ▸ Reset
Quick-pick values	Most Sound number fields have a chevron that opens a short menu of common values.	Clip tab ▸ Sound
Editing several clips at once	Changing a Sound control with several clips selected changes all of them, and a control whose clips differ is marked mixed.	Clip tab ▸ Sound
Change sound settings with an agent	An agent can change any Sound setting on one or more clips in one call with set_audio, and read it back with get_project.
Clip volume	Sets the clip's level from 0 to 3200 %. The slider stops at 400 %, so type in the field to go higher.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume
Gain readout	Shows the volume in decibels, or 'silent' at 0 %.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Gain
Loudness readout	Shows the clip's integrated loudness and true peak at volume 100 %, over the part of the file it plays.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Loudness
At volume readout	Shows the same reading with the clip's Volume applied, and through its Limiter when that's on.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ At volume
Mute a clip	Silences the clip without changing its volume.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Mute
Reset the Volume section	Puts the volume back to 100 % and turns Mute off.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Reset
The volume line	Every clip with sound except a nest clip draws a thin white line over its waveform showing the level you hear from it over time.	Timeline ▸ a clip's audio part
Volume action markers	A small square in the action colour marks each action end that sets the volume.	Timeline ▸ the volume line
Drag the line	Drag the line up or down to change the clip's Volume, or the end level of the action that sets the level there.	Timeline ▸ drag the volume line
Add a volume point	⌥-clicking the line adds an action ending at the level already there, so nothing changes until you drag.	Timeline ▸ ⌥-click the volume line ⌥-click
Move or remove a volume point	Drag a point's action band to move it in time, or select the band and press ⌫ to remove it.	Timeline ▸ the action band ⌫
Clicks on the line that reach the clip	⇧-click, ⌥⇧-drag and a double-click on the line act on the clip, as they do anywhere else on it.	Timeline ▸ the volume line
Sound settings in an action	With an action selected, most Sound controls, from Volume and Pan to the EQ and Limiter, set where the action ends.	Clip tab ▸ Sound, with an action selected
Numbers glide, switches jump	Numbers move smoothly across an action, and switches change at the action's end with no glide.	Clip tab ▸ Sound, with an action selected
Processing turned on by an action	A clip gets the preparation its sound needs when an action asks for it, even if the clip's own setting is off.	Clip tab ▸ Sound, with an action selected
What cannot be animated	Ducking, Keep pitch, the fade shapes, the Voice Effect and a nest clip's Mix to mono always change the clip's own settings.	Clip tab ▸ Sound, with an action selected
Fade in and Fade out	Set how long the clip's sound takes to rise from silence at its start and fall to silence at its end.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Fades
In shape and Out shape	Give each fade one of four curves: Linear, S-Curve, +3 dB or −3 dB.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Fades
Fade handles on the timeline	Every clip with sound has a small square handle at each top corner of its audio part. Drag one inward to set the fade.	Timeline ▸ drag a fade handle
Fades when a clip moves or is trimmed	A fade travels with the clip when moved and stays at the edge when trimmed.	Timeline
Crossfade Audio	A transition between two overlapping clips fades the outgoing sound out and the incoming sound in. It's on by default.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Crossfade Audio
Crossfade Shape	Pick the curve of a transition's audio crossfade: +3 dB, Linear, S-Curve or −3 dB.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition ▸ Crossfade Shape
Audio-only transitions	Two overlapping clips with no picture get the same section, and only their sound changes.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Transition
Crossfading after Detach Audio	After Detach Audio the crossfade belongs to the audio clips: overlap them and they get a transition of their own.
Clip pan	Moves a stereo clip's balance left or right.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Mix ▸ Pan
Pan position readout	Shows the pan in words: 'centre', or the side and amount, such as 'left 30'.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Mix ▸ Position
Mix to mono	Averages all the clip's channels into one and sends it to every channel.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Mix ▸ Mix to mono
Reset the Mix section	Sets the pan back to centre and turns Mix to mono off.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Mix ▸ Reset
Channels	Chooses which channels of a stereo file play: Both, Left Only, Right Only, or Swap Left and Right.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Channels ▸ Play
Normalize	Sets each selected clip's volume from a measurement of the clip.	Clip ▸ Normalize
Normalize mode	Choose whether Normalize aims at a Peak or a Loudness.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Normalize row
Normalize loudness target	Sets the level in LUFS that Normalize and Enhance Voice aim at, from −50 to −5. The default is −16.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Normalize row
Normalize Loudness mode	Sets each clip's volume so its integrated loudness reaches the target, so clips match.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Normalize row ▸ Loudness
Normalize Peak mode	Sets each clip's volume so its loudest moment reaches −1 dBFS.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Volume ▸ Normalize row ▸ Peak
What Normalize measures	Normalize measures the clip over the part that plays, not the mix, so volume, fades, ducking, mute, solo and the track don't count.	Clip ▸ Normalize
Measuring through processing	In Loudness mode, a clip with EQ, clean-up, dynamics or a voice effect is rendered through them and its volume set from the result.	Clip ▸ Normalize
The Measuring Sound sheet	A sheet shows progress ('Clip 1 of 2…') with Cancel while clips are measured through their processing.	Clip ▸ Normalize
Clips Normalize skips	Clips Normalize can't measure, such as nests, silent clips and clips not analysed yet, are left out and the rest are done.	Clip ▸ Normalize
Enhance Voice	Sets each selected clip up for speech from its own measurements, in one undo step, writing ordinary settings you can see and change.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Enhance Voice: rumble cut	Enhance Voice always sets the EQ's Rumble Cut, 80 Hz at 24 dB/oct, and keeps the EQ's other parts.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Enhance Voice: noisy pauses	When the pauses are noisy, Enhance Voice turns on voice isolation or noise reduction, and a gate fitted to the pauses.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Enhance Voice: leveller	Enhance Voice turns on the leveller at its defaults when the speech's short-term loudness range is over 6 LU.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Enhance Voice: de-esser	Enhance Voice turns on the de-esser at its defaults when at least 5 % of the speech has a hot 's' band.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Enhance Voice: compressor, limiter and final volume	Enhance Voice finishes with a compressor from the voice's own level, then the limiter and the volume that reach the target.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Clips Enhance Voice skips	Enhance Voice leaves out what Normalize in Loudness mode does, plus clips with under 1 second of speech or not analysed yet.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Check Enhance Voice's gate by ear	Enhance Voice sets the gate from the pauses it measured, so on very soft word starts, listen and lower the threshold if you need to.	Clip ▸ Enhance Voice
Match Audio	Gives the selected clips the loudness and tone of one of them, the reference, in one undo step.	Clip ▸ Match Audio…
Choose the reference clip	Chooses the reference clip, which itself is not changed.	Clip ▸ Match Audio… ▸ Match to:
Match loudness	Brings each other clip to the reference's loudness, as Normalize in Loudness mode does.	Clip ▸ Match Audio… ▸ Loudness
Match EQ	Compares each clip's speech spectrum with the reference's and fits the EQ to the difference.	Clip ▸ Match Audio… ▸ EQ
When a clip can't be matched	A clip that can't be matched is skipped. If the reference can't be used or nothing matches, the foot of the inspector says why.	Clip ▸ Match Audio…
Voice Isolation	Keeps the voice and removes background noise and room echo, using Apple's on-device voice model, so nothing leaves your Mac.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Isolation
Isolate voice	Turns isolation on at 80 %, or off.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Isolation ▸ Isolate voice
Voice Isolation amount	How much of the isolated voice replaces the clip's own sound.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Isolation ▸ Amount
Voice Isolation status	Shows what the isolated voice is doing, such as Rendering…, Ready or Plays without it at this speed.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Isolation ▸ Status
Voice Isolation's background render	The isolated voice is worked out once per clip in the background, and the clip plays without it until it's ready.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Isolation
Voice Isolation and speed	Isolation plays only at normal speed; a speed change, ramp or freeze frame plays without it and Status says so.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Isolation ▸ Status
Remove noise	How much steady background noise to remove, working out the noise level from the clip itself.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Noise Reduction ▸ Remove noise
Noise Reduction depth readout	Shows the most any part of the sound can be turned down at this setting, such as '6 dB at most'.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Noise Reduction ▸ Depth
Remove hum	Turns hum removal on, notching out mains hum and its harmonics.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Hum ▸ Remove hum
Hum mains frequency	The mains frequency where the recording was made, 50 Hz or 60 Hz.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Hum ▸ Mains
Hum depth	How far each notch turns the hum down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Hum ▸ Depth
Hum harmonics	How many notches: the mains frequency and its multiples.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Hum ▸ Harmonics
Gate pauses	Turns the gate on, pushing sound below the threshold further down so room noise and breaths between phrases get quieter.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Gate pauses
Gate threshold	How far under the clip's loudness the gate opens.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Threshold
Gate ratio	How strongly sound under the threshold is turned down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Ratio
Gate range	The most the gate ever takes away.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Range
Gate attack	How quickly it opens when the sound rises.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Attack
Gate hold	How long it stays open after the sound falls, so word ends are not clipped.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Hold
Gate release	How quickly it closes after the hold.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate ▸ Release
Gate Status and Loudness readouts	Readouts say where the gate opens on this clip, why it's waiting or not working, and the loudness it's measured from.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate
Waiting for the clip's loudness	Until a clip's loudness is measured it plays without the gate, leveller and de-esser, and an export waits for it.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate, Leveller or De-esser
Reduce sibilance	Turns the de-esser on, turning down only the band above its frequency while it is over the threshold.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ De-esser ▸ Reduce sibilance
De-esser frequency	Where the sibilant band starts.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ De-esser ▸ Frequency
De-esser threshold	How loud the band must get, relative to the clip's loudness, before it is turned down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ De-esser ▸ Threshold
De-esser range	The most the band is turned down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ De-esser ▸ Range
De-esser Status and Loudness readouts	Readouts say where the de-esser acts on this clip, why it's waiting or not working, and the loudness it's measured from.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ De-esser
EQ	Shape the clip's tone with seven parts, each with its own checkbox: a high-pass, two shelves, three bands and a low-pass.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ
The EQ response curve	The EQ's first row draws how much each frequency from 20 Hz to 20 kHz is turned up or down, hum notches included.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ
EQ Bypass	Switches the EQ off without losing its settings, so you can compare with and without.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ ▸ Bypass
EQ presets	Rumble Cut, De-mud and Presence each set one EQ part in one press, so they combine.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ
EQ High-pass	Turns down everything below its Frequency.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ ▸ High-pass
EQ Low shelf	Turns everything below its Frequency up or down by its Gain.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ ▸ Low shelf
EQ Band 1, 2 and 3	Turns the frequencies around each Frequency up or down by its Gain, with Q setting how narrow.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ
EQ High shelf	Turns everything above its Frequency up or down by its Gain.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ ▸ High shelf
EQ Low-pass	Turns down everything above its Frequency.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ ▸ Low-pass
EQ Frequency, Gain, Q and Slope	Each EQ part has a typed Frequency and, by its kind, a Gain, a Q or a Slope.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ
Ride the level	Turns the leveller on, evening out a voice that moves on and off the microphone by bringing each phrase toward a target.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller ▸ Ride the level
Leveller target	Where it aims, in dB from the clip's loudness.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller ▸ Target
Leveller Max Boost	The most it turns the clip up.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller ▸ Max Boost
Leveller Max Cut	The most it turns the clip down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller ▸ Max Cut
Leveller response	How smoothly it follows the voice within a phrase: shorter changes are smoothed out.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller ▸ Response
Leveller Status and Loudness readouts	Readouts say where the leveller aims on this clip, what it waits for or why it isn't levelling, and the loudness it's measured from.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller
Smooth volume levels	Turns the compressor on, evening out loud and quiet passages by turning down what goes above the threshold.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor ▸ Smooth volume levels
Compressor threshold	The level above which it starts turning the sound down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor ▸ Threshold
Compressor ratio	How strongly it turns down sound above the threshold.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor ▸ Ratio
Compressor attack	How quickly it reacts when the level rises.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor ▸ Attack
Compressor release	How quickly it lets go when the level falls.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor ▸ Release
Compressor makeup	Gain added afterwards to make up what the compressor took away.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor ▸ Makeup
Limit peaks	Turns on a true-peak limiter that looks between samples and a little ahead, holding the clip's peaks under a ceiling.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Limiter ▸ Limit peaks
Limiter ceiling	The highest true peak the clip may reach, after its volume.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Limiter ▸ Ceiling
Limiter release	How quickly the level recovers after a peak.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Limiter ▸ Release
Limiter latency compensation	Looking ahead delays the sound by 3.3 ms, so Frame Job starts that track's clips 3.3 ms early and they stay on their frames.
Voice Effect	Put one of sixteen effects, grouped Voice, Tone, Space and Character, on the clip's sound, or None.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect
Voice: Pitch	Shifts the voice up or down without changing its speed.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Voice: Pitch
Voice: High	Shifts the voice up 5 semitones and thins and brightens it, for a small, high voice.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Voice: High
Voice: Deep	Shifts the voice down 5 semitones and warms it with low weight.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Voice: Deep
Voice: Robot	Makes the voice metallic and buzzing with a ring modulator.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Voice: Robot
Tone: Bass	Boosts the lows by up to 10 dB.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Tone: Bass
Tone: Treble	Boosts the highs by up to 10 dB.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Tone: Treble
Tone: Bright	Lifts the presence and air.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Tone: Bright
Tone: Telephone	Squeezes the sound into the narrow band of a phone line.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Tone: Telephone
Tone: Radio	Squeezes the sound into a narrow band with a radio tower's crackle.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Tone: Radio
Character: Lo-Fi	Makes the sound gritty and dull, like a low-resolution recording.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Character: Lo-Fi
Character: Distorted	Overdrives the sound into heavy distortion.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Character: Distorted
Space: Echo	Repeats the sound every quarter of a second, each repeat darkened above 6 kHz.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Space: Echo
Space: Room	Puts the sound in a medium room.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Space: Room
Space: Hall	Puts the sound in a large hall.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Space: Hall
Space: Plate	Adds a plate reverb.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Space: Plate
Space: Cathedral	Puts the sound in a cathedral, with a long tail.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Effect ▸ Space: Cathedral
Voice Effect amount	How much of the effect you hear, from 0 to 100 %, with every boost, mix and shift scaling with it.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Amount
Voice Effect pitch	The shift in semitones, from −12 to 12, for Voice: Pitch, Voice: High and Voice: Deep only.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Pitch
Voice Effect status	Shows where the effect's render has got to, such as Rendering…, Ready or Plays without it at this speed.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect ▸ Status
Voice Effect's background render	The effect is worked out once per clip in the background; until ready the clip plays without it.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect
Ducking	Lower every other clip while this one plays, usually so music drops under a voice-over.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Duck other audio
Duck by	Clip Length keeps the others down for the clip's whole length; Speech only while this clip's speech plays.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Duck by
Ducking level	How loud the other clips are while this one plays.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Level
Ducking attack	How long the other clips take to fall to Level, from this clip's first frame.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Attack
Ducking release	How long they take to come back up, starting after this clip ends.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Release
Duck by Speech	The others go down only around this clip's stretches of speech, using speech detected on your Mac.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Duck by ▸ Speech
Duck by Speech pre-roll	With Duck by Speech, how long before each stretch of speech the others start going down.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Pre-roll
Duck by Speech hold	With Duck by Speech, how long after each stretch of speech the others stay down before the release.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking ▸ Hold
The yellow line on a clip ducking by speech	A clip that ducks by speech has a thin yellow line across its waveform, high at full level and low where the others are ducked.	Timeline ▸ a clip ducking by speech
Give a file its own speech with an agent	An agent can give a file stretches of speech of its own with set_media_speech, in place of the detected ones.
Detach Audio	Splits each selected clip's sound onto a linked clip of its own on the track below.	Clip ▸ Detach Audio ⌥⌘D
Attach Audio	Merges each detached sound in the selection back into its picture.	Clip ▸ Attach Audio ⇧⌥⌘D
Linked clip marks	Linked picture and sound each show a link symbol after their kind symbol, and selecting one draws a dashed ring around the other.	Timeline
How a clip with its audio off looks	A clip whose audio is off shows no waveform and no fade handles; a clip with picture and sound both off is drawn dimmed.	Timeline
What stays in sync	A linked picture and sound stay in step through moves, splits, ripple edits, slips and deletes, unless a lock holds one half.	Timeline
Deleting one half	Deleting a picture takes its sound, but deleting only the detached sound leaves the picture, silent, with its link gone.	Timeline ▸ select the sound half and press ⌫ ⌫
A detached sound with actions or a ramp	The new sound clip gets a copy of every action, so volume actions keep working and a ramped clip's sound keeps the same ramp.	Clip ▸ Detach Audio ⌥⌘D
J-cut	Detach a shot's sound and drag its start edge left, so the sound begins before its picture.	Timeline ▸ drag a detached sound clip's start edge
L-cut	Detach a shot's sound and drag its end edge right, so it runs on under the next shot.	Timeline ▸ drag a detached sound clip's end edge
Mute a track	Silences every clip on the track; the picture is unaffected.	Track ▸ Mute Audio
Solo a track	Silences the tracks beside it: the other timeline tracks or, inside a nest, that nest's other tracks.	Track ▸ Solo
How a solo shows on silenced tracks	Under a solo, waveforms on silenced tracks draw faded while their speaker switches stay unlit.	Timeline ▸ track lanes and headers
The Track Mix panel	A small panel beside the header holds the track's volume, pan, compressor, limiter and Reset.	Track ▸ Mix…, or the sliders switch in the track header
Track volume	The track's level, from Off to +12 dB, applied on top of every clip on it.	Track ▸ Mix… ▸ Volume
Track pan	Leans the track's sound left or right.	Track ▸ Mix… ▸ Pan
Reset a track's mix	Puts volume back to 0 dB, pan to centre, and turns the track's compressor and limiter off.	Track ▸ Mix… ▸ Reset
Track volume in a nest	A clip inside a nest plays through its own track inside the nest and through the track the nest clip sits on.	Track ▸ Mix…
What hears track volume	The preview, exports, the level meter and Remove Silences include track volume. Normalize, the Loudness readout and a clip's limiter don't.
A track's own dynamics	A track can have its own compressor and limiter acting on its whole sound, after each clip's processing and the track's volume and pan.	Track ▸ Mix…
Track compressor	Turns on a compressor over the track's whole sound, with Threshold, Ratio, Attack, Release and Makeup.	Track ▸ Mix… ▸ Compressor
Track limiter	Turns on a true-peak limiter on what the track hands the mix, after its compressor, with Ceiling and Release.	Track ▸ Mix… ▸ Limit peaks
A track as a nest's bus	A compressor or limiter on the track holding a nest clip acts on everything inside the nest together.	Track ▸ Mix…
Exact in the export, approximate in the preview	An export runs a track's compressor and limiter exactly, while the preview approximates them where the track's clips overlap.
What hears track dynamics	The preview, both meters and exports hear them. Normalize, the Loudness readout, Enhance Voice, Match Audio and a scrub don't.
Audio scrubbing	Clicking or dragging along the ruler plays about 80 ms of the mix forward from each new frame.	Timeline ruler ▸ click or drag
The level meter	A meter in the timeline bar, left of the zoom controls, shows the mix you are hearing while the timeline plays.	Timeline bar
Two channel rows	One row per channel on a −60 to 0 dB scale.	Timeline bar ▸ level meter
RMS bar and peak wash	A solid bar shows the average level with a lighter wash behind it for the instantaneous peak.	Timeline bar ▸ level meter
Peak-hold mark	A mark stays at the highest recent level for about 1.2 seconds, then falls.	Timeline bar ▸ level meter
Clip cell	A cell at the right end of each row lights for 2 seconds when a sample reaches full scale.	Timeline bar ▸ level meter
The Loudness Meter	A column beside the preview measures the mix you hear to EBU R 128 and ITU-R BS.1770 while it plays at normal speed.	View ▸ Loudness Meter ⌃⌘L
M and S bars	Two bars show Momentary and Short-term loudness on a scale from −48 to 0 LUFS.	View ▸ Loudness Meter ⌃⌘L
The target line	The Normalize row's target is drawn across the meter's scale as a thin accent line.	View ▸ Loudness Meter
The four figures	The column lists Momentary, Short-term, Integrated and True peak max.	View ▸ Loudness Meter ⌃⌘L
Reset the Loudness Meter	The Reset button at the top of the column starts measuring again, and the meter restarts itself on a jump.	View ▸ Loudness Meter ▸ Reset
Measuring only at normal speed	At any other speed Momentary and Short-term show '—', and Integrated and True peak max keep their values.	View ▸ Loudness Meter ⌃⌘L
The note under the figures	A note under the figures says what is being measured and when it cannot be trusted.	View ▸ Loudness Meter
Synchronize Audio	Lines up two or more clips by their sound, such as a camera and a separate recorder, with each clip on its own track.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
The anchor	One clip stays where it is and every other clip slides along its own track to it.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
Matching by sound	Frame Job compares each file's analysed sound, speech first and trimmed parts first, so gain, microphone and room don't stop a match.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
The waveform check	A match is used only if the waveforms also line up, which keeps two takes of the same words apart and fine-tunes the offset.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
Drift correction	When clips overlap for at least 60 seconds, clock drift is measured and corrected by playing the clip at a slightly different speed.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
The head trim	A clip that would have to start before 0:00 loses that much from its start, and starts at 0:00 in sync.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
Moves land on whole frames	Clips move by a whole number of frames, so up to half a frame of constant offset can remain.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
The Synchronizing Audio sheet	Matching runs in the background behind a sheet with a progress bar and Cancel, and nothing moves until a match is found.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
Which clips it takes	It needs at least two selected clips that can play sound. Nests, stills, titles and clips with no sound are left out without a message.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
When Synchronize Audio won't run	If any clip can't be lined up, nothing moves, Frame Job beeps and the foot of the inspector lists every reason.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
Confident matches	A match whose best candidate has a confidence of at least 10 and at least 1.5 above the next is applied straight away.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
The Weak match sheet	A weak match, confidence at least 4 within about 3 seconds of where the clip sits, is never applied without asking.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio ▸ Weak match sheet
When nothing matches	If nothing matches, the foot of the inspector names the offsets found and their confidences, so you can move the clip near one and retry.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio

Clean-up tools

Feature	What it does	Where
Two commands for a spoken recording	Remove Silences cuts the dead air and Remove Filler Words cuts the ums and uhs from a spoken recording, and both cut the same way.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…, Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Preview shading on the timeline	While a clean-up sheet is open, every span it would remove is shaded on the timeline ruler and lanes.	Timeline ruler and lanes, while a clean-up sheet is open
The cut count	The sheet reads how many cuts it would make and how much time they remove, so you know the result before pressing Remove.	Remove Silences and Remove Filler Words sheets
One undo step	Remove cuts every span and closes the timeline over each one as a single undo step, so one ⌘Z restores everything.	Remove, in either clean-up sheet ⌘Z
A ripple across every unlocked track	A clean-up cut is a ripple delete across every unlocked track, not only the clips analysed, so the picture stays with its voice-over.
Markers keep their place	Markers stay where they are when a clean-up cut closes the timeline.	Footnote of both clean-up sheets
Frame-accurate edges	Each cut's start rounds up to the next frame and its end rounds down, so a cut never clips the start of the next word.
Nests are protected	A clean-up cut never reaches into a nest clip. To clean up the audio inside one, open it and run the command there.	Clip ▸ Open Nest ⌘↓
Transitions are protected	A clean-up cut never reaches into a transition's overlap or the area around it.
The rest of the editor waits	Playback pauses when a clean-up sheet opens, and other editing commands are unavailable until you close it.	Remove Silences and Remove Filler Words sheets
Cut edges in a reversed clip	In Voice mode, a Remove Silences cut edge in a reversed clip can be off by up to 32 ms.
Make the cut from an agent	An agent passes the ranges from detect_silence or detect_fillers to ripple_delete_ranges, which makes the same cut as Remove.
Remove Silences	Finds the dead air in a spoken recording, shows it on the timeline and cuts it as one edit.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Which clips are measured	In: chooses whether quiet is measured over Selected clips or All audible clips. The cut still reaches every unlocked track.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ In:
Longer than	Sets the shortest quiet stretch worth cutting, 0.5 s by default, so short pauses such as the gap between two words stay.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Longer than:
Keep at ends	Sets how much of each quiet stretch to keep at each end, 0.1 s by default, so speech doesn't start or stop abruptly.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Keep at ends:
Quieter than and Level if no voice	A slider from −80 to −10 dBFS, at −40 by default, sets the level that counts as quiet.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Quieter than: or Level if no voice:
Numbers outside a field's range	A number outside a field's range stays in the field, and Remove beeps until you fix it.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Longer than: or Keep at ends:
The count follows the controls	The count and the shading update as you change a control, and for a number field when you leave it.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Timeline gaps are left alone	Remove Silences leaves alone the gaps you placed between clips. Close Gap is the command for those.	Clip ▸ Close Gap
When nothing is audible	A line under the count tells you when nothing the sheet is measuring makes a sound, so nothing was analysed.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
When analysis is still running	The sheet names the files still being analysed and updates as each one finishes, so you can wait with it open.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Relinking restarts the analysis	Relinking a file starts its analysis again. If an agent does it with the sheet open, the old results clear at once.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Quiet inside a nest	The sheet says when a long quiet stretch ran across a nest and tells you to open it, because there may be dead air inside.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ⌘↓
Find silences with an agent	With detect_silence an agent reads the ranges the sheet would cut, changing nothing, and ripple_delete_ranges makes the cut.
Judge by	Judge by picks how a moment is tested: Voice cuts where nobody is talking, Level cuts purely by loudness.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Judge by:
Voice mode	In Voice mode quiet means nobody is talking: a voice model on your Mac listens to each file once and keeps the result with the project.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Judge by: Voice
Level mode	In Level mode quiet means the sound in the mix is at or below the threshold.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Judge by: Level
Clips with no voice are judged by level	In Voice mode, a clip with no voice in it at all, such as music or a tone, is judged by level instead, and the sheet names it.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Level if no voice:
When the voice model can't be used	If the voice model can't be used on this Mac, the sheet opens in Level mode with Voice greyed out and says why.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Voice confidence	An agent can set how sure the voice model must be for a moment to count as speech; the sheet has no control for it.
Silence is measured in the mix	Silence is measured in the mix, as you hear it, not in the raw file.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Every clip being measured has to be quiet	A stretch is silent only where every clip being measured is quiet, so a music bed holds up the pauses until you measure only the voice.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ In: Selected clips
Muted clips are left out	A muted clip is left out of the analysis entirely, so a muted music bed is never read as one long silence covering the whole song.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Nothing is cut before analysis finishes	Nothing inside a file is offered for cutting until its analysis is ready, except a part the mix has already made quiet.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Limits of Voice mode	A soft word can read as quiet, and so can music around a little speech. Raise Keep at ends: or measure Selected clips.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences… ▸ Keep at ends:
Remove Filler Words	Finds the ums and uhs in your speech and cuts them at the words' own timings, as one edit.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… Needs your AssemblyAI key
Which words are fillers	Fillers are a fixed list of eleven words, such as um, uh and er, ignoring capitals and punctuation. You can't change the list.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Which clips are read	Remove Filler Words reads the selected clips when the selection includes speech from a media file, otherwise every clip.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
A run of fillers is one cut	Each run of consecutive fillers becomes one cut, with nothing to tune.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Neighbouring words are kept	A filler cut stops short of the words on either side, and up to a frame of the filler can remain at each end.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Fillers left in whole	A filler too short to cut, or whose cut would reach another clip's word, a nest, or an overlap between two clips on one track or the area around it, stays in whole, and the sheet counts it.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Clips on locked tracks aren't read	A clip on a locked track isn't read, because the cut can neither cut nor move it, and the sheet says how many there are.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Clips with no words to read	A clip that plays in reverse, has its sound off, or whose file is missing or has no audio track is passed over without a note.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Protection needs a transcript	A filler cut is kept away from speech in another clip only when that clip's file has a kept AssemblyAI transcript.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
The service can miss a filler	A filler AssemblyAI doesn't return isn't cut, and one it returns that isn't on the list stays in, both in the cut and in captions.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Find filler words with an agent	With detect_fillers an agent reads the ranges the sheet would cut, changing nothing, and ripple_delete_ranges makes the cut.
Filler words need a cloud transcript	Filler words come only from an AssemblyAI transcript made with filler words, because transcription on your Mac doesn't report them.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ⌘, Needs your AssemblyAI key
The menu item with no key	With no key the menu item is greyed and reads that it needs your AssemblyAI key, with a tooltip saying where to set one.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Using an existing transcript with no key	If a file the command would read already has a filler transcript, the command stays on and cuts that file's fillers with no key.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
Every AssemblyAI transcription asks for fillers	Any file you caption with AssemblyAI is already ready for Remove Filler Words, with no second upload.	File ▸ Generate Captions… Needs your AssemblyAI key
The list of files with no transcript	Each file the sheet reads that has no filler transcript gets a row with its name, an upload and cost estimate, and a Transcribe button.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… Needs your AssemblyAI key
Where the audio goes	Above the rows, the sheet says where the audio goes before anything is sent.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… Needs your AssemblyAI key
Transcribe a file for filler words	Transcribe makes a paid upload of one file's audio to AssemblyAI, and updates only that file's kept transcript.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… ▸ Transcribe Needs your AssemblyAI key
Progress and Stop	While a run goes, the row shows its progress, its button reads Stop, the other rows' buttons are disabled and Remove is disabled.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… ▸ Stop Needs your AssemblyAI key
When a run ends	When a run finishes the file drops off the list and its fillers join the count. If it doesn't, the file stays listed and the note says why.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… Needs your AssemblyAI key
When Transcribe is disabled	Transcribe is dimmed with no API key, while another file's run is going, and in the rare project with no folder to keep transcripts in.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… ▸ Transcribe
Transcribing an unsaved project	A project you haven't saved yet can be transcribed, and its transcript is kept with the project when you save.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… ▸ Transcribe Needs your AssemblyAI key
The transcript also serves captions	A filler transcript also serves Generate Captions, with no new upload or bill, if you ask for the same language, speakers and vocabulary.	File ▸ Generate Captions… Needs your AssemblyAI key
Captions stay clean	Filler words never reach captions made from an AssemblyAI transcript. Captions made on this Mac aren't filtered.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Transcribe for filler words with an agent	With transcribe_for_fillers an agent makes the same paid upload of one file as the Transcribe button, but it has no Stop.	Needs your AssemblyAI key
Cut a false start with the Assistant	Ask the Assistant to cut a phrase the speaker abandoned or said again: it tells you which words it will cut, then cuts them in one step.	Assistant tab ⌃⌘A Needs your Anthropic key
Remove fillers and silences by asking	Ask the Assistant to take out silences, or fillers in files that already have a filler transcript, as the sheets would.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
The Assistant won't start a paid transcription	The Assistant can't start a paid filler transcription, so you press Transcribe in the sheet yourself.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words… ▸ Transcribe

Captions and transcript

Feature	What it does	Where
Captions are ordinary text clips	Every caption is a text clip on a track of its own at the front of the stack, so it draws over everything else.	Timeline
Captions burn in with no extra step	The preview, a rendered frame and an exported movie all show captions, because they are part of the picture.	Preview
Two kinds of caption: subtitles and word captions	Generate classic two-line subtitles, or large captions in one of five styles where the word being said stands out.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style
Caption track names	The first caption track is named Captions, then Captions 2, Captions 3 and so on, so separate runs can be told apart in the track headers.	Timeline track headers
Choosing the caption track	Nothing marks a track as the caption track, so Export Captions lists every track of text clips for you to choose from.	File ▸ Export Captions… ▸ Track
Captions land on frames and never overlap	Every caption starts and ends on a frame of the project, and captions on one track never overlap.	File ▸ Import Captions… or File ▸ Generate Captions…
Captions inside a nest	The caption commands work on the timeline you have open, so with a nest open they work inside that nest.	File ▸ Import Captions…, Generate Captions… or Export Captions…
Import Captions	File ▸ Import Captions… reads a SubRip (.srt) or WebVTT (.vtt) file onto a new caption track, one text clip per cue, as a single undo step.	File ▸ Import Captions…
Caption file variations it copes with	Frame Job copes with common caption file variations, such as old line endings, a missing index line, short times, and UTF-16, Windows-1252 or Latin-1 text.	File ▸ Import Captions…
Markup stripped on import	Formatting tags and overrides are removed and common HTML entities are decoded.	File ▸ Import Captions…
Line breaks kept	The file's own line breaks are kept, and long lines also wrap inside the caption box.	File ▸ Import Captions…
Malformed entries are reported	Bad entries are skipped and listed by line number, never dropped silently.	File ▸ Import Captions…
When a caption file can't be read	If no caption in a file can be read, nothing is imported and a message gives the first three reasons.	File ▸ Import Captions…
Generate Captions	File ▸ Generate Captions… transcribes the speech in your clips onto a new caption track, as ordinary text clips.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Choose what to transcribe	From chooses what to transcribe: Selected clips, In/out range or Whole timeline.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ From
Choose a speech engine	Engine chooses where the words are recognised: On this Mac or AssemblyAI.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Engine
Choose the spoken language	Language sets the spoken language of the run, from a list that depends on the engine.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Language
Choose a caption style	Style picks Subtitles or one of the five word caption styles.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style
Sample preview	A sample page under the style and its look boxes shows the style on this canvas before you run anything.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ preview under Style
Replace existing captions	With a word style chosen, Replace swaps out earlier caption tracks over the same clips instead of adding another.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Replace: existing captions
The sheet remembers its choices	Generate Captions reopens with your last engine, Style and three look boxes.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Summary line and note	Under the rows, a summary gives the size of the run, and a note explains anything stopping it.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Progress	While a run goes, the card shows a progress bar, "Transcribing N clips…" and a detail line.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ progress
Cancel a run	Cancel stops a run, closing the sheet mid-run also stops it, and nothing is placed.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Cancel
The run report	Placing the captions is one undo step, and a run with something to report keeps the card open to say so.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Generating captions from an agent	The transcribe tool does what the sheet does, and can return the captions without placing them so an agent can check them first.	MCP tool transcribe
Which clips can be transcribed	A clip can be transcribed if it plays forwards from a movie or sound file with an audio track, its audio is on and its file is present. Whole timeline and In/out range read only clips you can hear.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Why a clip is skipped	The sheet leaves a clip it can't read out of its count, and an agent that names the clip is told why.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Retimed clips land correctly	On a sped-up, slowed or speed-ramped clip, each word lands where it is heard on the timeline.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
The 10-hour and 4,096-clip limits	AssemblyAI takes at most 10 hours per file, and captions that would take a project past 4,096 clips aren't placed.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Transcribe on this Mac	With Engine set to On this Mac, each clip's own part of its media is extracted and recognised locally, and nothing is uploaded.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Engine ▸ On this Mac
No permission prompt	macOS shows no permission prompt, because the recogniser reads an extracted audio file and never touches the microphone.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
On-device languages	Language lists every language this Mac's recogniser supports, and marks one with no speech model as not installed.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Language
Download a speech language	A language whose model is missing can be installed from a Download button under the Language pop-up.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Download
Every run recognises the audio again	Nothing is kept between runs for captions made on this Mac, so every run, restyling included, takes the time again.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
The pause note	With On this Mac and a word style chosen, a note says on-device words rarely carry a pause.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ under the look boxes
Transcribe with AssemblyAI	With Engine set to AssemblyAI, your files' audio is transcribed in the cloud on your own key, then deleted there once the words are back.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Engine ▸ AssemblyAI Needs your AssemblyAI key
Generate needs a key, unless the words are cached	With no key saved, the sheet says where to set one and Generate is greyed, unless every file is already transcribed.	File ▸ Generate Captions… Needs your AssemblyAI key
Split the words by speaker	Speakers asks AssemblyAI to split the words by speaker, so a change of speaker always starts a new cue or page.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Speakers Needs your AssemblyAI key
Vocabulary for names and jargon	Vocabulary sends AssemblyAI the names and jargon to expect, separated by commas, up to 1,000 terms.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Vocabulary Needs your AssemblyAI key
Language detection and languages	A cloud run can leave the language to Detect automatically, or name one of 18 languages, with English listed four ways.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Language Needs your AssemblyAI key
Detected language in the report	With Detect automatically, the run report gives each file's detected language and how confident AssemblyAI was.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ run report Needs your AssemblyAI key
Fallback model in the report	If AssemblyAI used a different model than the one asked for, the run report says so.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ run report Needs your AssemblyAI key
The price before you press Generate	The summary line prices the run at AssemblyAI's published rate, updating as you change the controls.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ summary line
Why each file uploads	Hovering over the summary gives one line per file that is not already transcribed, saying why, followed by the dated rate.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ hover the summary line
One transcript cached per media	Each file's transcript is kept in the project package, so a later run with the same settings uploads nothing and costs nothing.
Untitled projects	An untitled project can be transcribed too: its transcripts stay in a temporary folder until it is saved, then go into the project package.	File ▸ Generate Captions… Needs your AssemblyAI key
Transcribe again	Transcribe again ignores any cached transcript and uploads again, which is a paid upload.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Transcribe again Needs your AssemblyAI key
Filler words stay out of captions	AssemblyAI's words include fillers, but captions and the sheet's preview leave them out.	File ▸ Generate Captions… Needs your AssemblyAI key
When a file fails	One file's failure does not end a run: its clips are listed with the reason, and captions from the other files are still placed.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ run report Needs your AssemblyAI key
What is uploaded and billed	The whole audio of each file behind your clips is uploaded and billed, not only the parts in use, and the video stays on your Mac.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Engine ▸ AssemblyAI Needs your AssemblyAI key
The transcript is deleted after reading	Once the words have been read back, Frame Job asks AssemblyAI to delete its copy, automatically.	Needs your AssemblyAI key
Unconfirmed deletes are retried	An unconfirmed delete is retried at the start of the next AssemblyAI run in the project, with a key for the same account and region.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ run report Needs your AssemblyAI key
A pending delete holds a file back	While a delete is pending, that file is not uploaded again until it clears.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ summary line Needs your AssemblyAI key
Save your AssemblyAI key	Paste your own AssemblyAI key into Settings and press Save or Return.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ▸ AssemblyAI API key: ⌘, Needs an AssemblyAI account
Remove the key	Remove deletes the saved key.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ▸ Remove ⌘, Needs your AssemblyAI key
Where the key is kept	The key is saved in a file only you can read, not in the Keychain, and is never passed on the command line.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ⌘,
A key from the environment	If no key is saved, Frame Job also accepts one from the RC_ASSEMBLYAI_KEY environment variable, useful when launching from a terminal.
Verify your key	Verify checks that the key works in your region with AssemblyAI's cheapest signed-in request, transcribing and billing nothing.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ▸ Verify ⌘, Needs your AssemblyAI key
AssemblyAI region	Region chooses the AssemblyAI data centre your audio goes to: United States or European Union.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ▸ Region: ⌘,
Account Page	Account Page opens your AssemblyAI dashboard in the browser, where you get a key and see what you have spent.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ▸ Account Page ⌘,
The Transcription info button	The ⓘ beside the heading explains what is uploaded, what is deleted, the published rate and where the key is kept.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ▸ ⓘ ⌘,
What the key turns on	Your AssemblyAI key turns on the AssemblyAI engine of Generate Captions and Remove Filler Words, which finds fillers only through AssemblyAI.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ⌘,
Only a person sets the key	No agent tool can read or change the key or the region: only a person sets them, in Settings.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription ⌘,
The Subtitles style	The Subtitles style makes classic two-line cues as text clips.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style ▸ Subtitles
Speaker colours	With Speakers on, each speaker's cues take their own colour, in the order the speakers first appear.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Speakers Needs your AssemblyAI key
The Caption preset	Each cue uses the Caption text preset, and on a canvas taller than wide the box sits higher.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Word caption pages	The five word styles make large captions for shorts and reels: each clip holds a page of timed words, with the spoken word marked.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style
Highlight	The spoken word turns yellow and pops to 112%.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style ▸ Highlight
Pill	The spoken word sits on a violet pill.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style ▸ Pill
Karaoke	Words turn yellow as they are said and stay yellow, while words still to come are dimmed white.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style ▸ Karaoke
Build	Words appear one by one, and the newest is yellow and pops to 115%.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style ▸ Build
One Word	One large white word shows at a time, popping to 120%.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style ▸ One Word
Bundled typefaces	Montserrat Black, Montserrat ExtraBold, Anton and Bebas Neue ship inside the app, so there's nothing to install.
Pages are filled to their measured width	A page holds as many words as fit, up to 86% of the canvas width, measured in its style on your canvas.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Where a page breaks	A page ends early at a pause of 0.25 s or more, at the end of a sentence, after 3 seconds or at a change of speaker.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
A word too wide for the frame	A single word too wide for the frame shrinks, down to 80% of the style's size, before it wraps.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
How long a page stays up	A page stays up 0.5 s after its last word, or runs up to the next page if that starts sooner, so the row doesn't blink.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
The sheet's two-frame preview	A word style's preview shows two frames, with the first word active in the top frame and the second in the bottom one.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ preview under Style
Three looks for word captions	Three checkboxes under the Style pop-up each add a look to a word style's pages.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ under Style
Slide the pill	The pill slides from the previous word to the one being said instead of jumping.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Slide the pill
Fill words as spoken	The word being said fills from left to right as it is spoken.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Fill words as spoken
Dim in pauses	The page fades to half opacity during a pause, then comes back before the next word.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Dim in pauses
Change word colours	No inspector section changes a page's word colours, pop or pill: generate again with another style, or ask an agent.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style
Restyle by generating again	A style is fixed when the captions are generated: to change it, generate again over the same clips with Replace on.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Replace: existing captions
Which tracks Replace may remove	Replace works only for a word style, on text tracks named Captions or Captions N whose clips all overlap what's being transcribed.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Replace: existing captions
Change a run of captions together	Select a run of captions and restyle them together in the inspector's Text sections; each page keeps its own words and word timing.	Clip tab ▸ Text
Re-lay Captions for This Canvas	After a canvas size change, this command pages word captions again for the new width from the words they already hold, as one undo step.	File ▸ Re-lay Captions for This Canvas
What a re-lay keeps	Your corrected words are kept and each page stays inside its own clip, but hand changes such as a colour or size go.	File ▸ Re-lay Captions for This Canvas
Tracks kept as placed	A track that cannot be re-laid is kept as placed, and a sheet after the edit names each one and why.	File ▸ Re-lay Captions for This Canvas
When Re-lay Captions is available	The item is greyed with no caption track it can re-lay, while a sheet is open, and while a recording runs.	File ▸ Re-lay Captions for This Canvas
Edit captions in the Text sections	Captions are text clips, so the inspector's Clip tab edits them under Text: Content, Font, Style, Outline, Backdrop, Box, Reveal and Presets.	Clip tab ▸ Text
Case on a word page	The style's capitals come from UPPERCASE: turn it off to show a page as written.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Style ▸ UPPERCASE
Change the words on a page	Keeping the same number of words keeps each word's timing, and changing the number drops it, so the page shows plainly.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Content
Reveals don't work on a word caption page	The text reveals (Typewriter, Word Fade and Line Rise) don't work on a word caption page, and their rows are greyed.	Clip tab ▸ Text ▸ Reveal
Trimming, splitting and moving a page	Trimming and splitting keep each word on the speech it times, and dragging a page moves its words with it.	Timeline
Word timings for agents	With set_text, an agent can rewrite a page's word timings and its word style, which the inspector can't.	MCP tool set_text
Newly revealed speech stays uncaptioned	When a speed-up or ramp plays further into the file, the new part gets no captions until you generate again.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
Export Captions	File ▸ Export Captions… writes one caption track out as SubRip (.srt) or WebVTT (.vtt), and changes nothing in the project.	File ▸ Export Captions…
Choose the track to export	Track picks which track to write, front-most first, with each row reading like "Captions — 12 cues (track 4)".	File ▸ Export Captions… ▸ Track
Format: SubRip or WebVTT	Format picks SubRip (.srt) or WebVTT (.vtt), and changing it changes the file name's extension.	File ▸ Export Captions… ▸ Format
One cue per text clip	Each text clip on the track becomes one cue, at the time and with the words it has now, so a caption you dragged exports where you dragged it.	File ▸ Export Captions…
Frame-exact round trips	A track exported and imported again puts every cue back on the frame it came from, at every ordinary frame rate.	File ▸ Export Captions…
The Transcript tab	The Transcript tab shows what's said in your project as text you can read and click.	Transcript tab
Open the Transcript	View ▸ Transcript shows the tab with the text ready for its keys; you can also click Transcript in the inspector's tab strip.	View ▸ Transcript ⌃⌘T
Every word you would hear	The tab lists every word you would hear when the timeline plays, in order: clips on every track, and clips inside nests where they play.	Transcript tab
Paragraphs and timecodes	The words come in paragraphs, each with its timecode above it.	Transcript tab
The bar	A bar above the text holds the tab's choices and notes, and stays put while the text scrolls.	Transcript tab ▸ top bar
Words from	Words from chooses whose words to show: All tracks, or one track by name.	Transcript tab ▸ Words from
Transcript language	Language chooses the language files are read in on this Mac.	Transcript tab ▸ Language
Read and Stop	While a file is being transcribed a note shows its progress with a Stop button, and after Stop a Read button carries on.	Transcript tab ▸ Stop
Clips with no words	A clip with no words is listed under the pop-ups with the reason.	Transcript tab ▸ notes
The same speech on two tracks	When two clips carry the same speech, a note names the pair so you can mute one and read it once.	Transcript tab ▸ notes
AssemblyAI first, otherwise this Mac	If a file already has an AssemblyAI transcript, the tab uses it; otherwise the tab transcribes the file on this Mac the first time you look.	Transcript tab
Kept per file and language	What this Mac heard is kept in the project per file and language, so the next look is immediate.	Transcript tab
One file at a time, playhead first	Files are read one at a time, starting with the one under the playhead, and each file's words appear as soon as it is done.	Transcript tab
When no speech model is installed	If your Mac has no speech model installed, the tab says so and points you to the download.	Transcript tab ▸ status
Ramped clips and following edits	Words are placed through a clip's speed, including a ramp, and editing the timeline updates the text right away.	Transcript tab
The word being spoken	While the video plays, the word being spoken is highlighted.	Transcript tab
The text scrolls with playback	The text scrolls to keep the spoken word in view.	Transcript tab
Click a word to jump	Clicking a word moves the playhead to it and selects it.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, click a word
Click a timecode to jump	Clicking a paragraph's timecode moves the playhead to the start of that paragraph.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, click a timecode
A selected clip scrolls to its words	Clicking a clip on the timeline or canvas while the Transcript shows scrolls its first word to the top.	Timeline or canvas, click a clip
Loop plays the selected words	Loop plays the shaded range, so a cut can be heard before you delete.	Toolbar ▸ Loop, with words selected
Selecting words	Click a word, drag across a run, or extend with ⇧-click or ⇧ and an arrow, and ⌘A selects every word.	Transcript tab ⌘A
The selection is the in/out range	Whatever you select becomes the timeline's in/out range, so the timeline shades exactly what will go.	Transcript tab
Delete Words	Select words and press ⌫: the words and the sound under them come out of every unlocked track and the gap closes, as one undo step.	Transcript tab ⌫
Where a word cut falls	A cut runs from the first word's start to the start of the next word you keep, so the pause before stays and the pause after goes.	Transcript tab
Where a word starts	For words read on this Mac, the tab moves each start to where its sound begins, so a cut keeps no slice of the pause.	Transcript tab
Words that can't be cut	Some words are shown faint: a cut at them would break something, so they can't be deleted, and holding the pointer over one says why.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, hover a faint word
Overlapping words on other tracks	If a word on another track runs into your selection, the tab adds it first, so you see everything the cut takes.	Transcript tab
When the tab won't cut	When a cut can't go ahead, the tab beeps, keeps your selection and shows the reason at the foot of the inspector.	Foot of the inspector
How exact a word cut is	Word edges come from the transcript, so in fast speech a cut can take the end of the word before it or leave a sliver of a deleted word.	Transcript tab
Pauses in the transcript	A stop of more than a second between two words of one clip shows in grey as its length, such as [2.4 s].	Transcript tab
Select a pause	Clicking a pause selects it on its own, makes the part that would go the in/out range, and moves the playhead to the start of that cut.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, click a pause
Delete Pause	With a pause selected, ⌫ shortens it, keeping 0.2 s at each end, and closes the gap on every unlocked track, as one undo step.	Transcript tab ⌫
Move word by word	← and → select the previous or next word and move the playhead to it.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active ← →
Move line by line	↑ and ↓ select the nearest word on the line above or below and move the playhead to it.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active ↑ ↓
Extend the selection	⇧ with an arrow grows the selection without moving the playhead.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active ⇧ with an arrow
Select every word	⌘A selects every word.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active ⌘A
Clear the selection	⎋ clears the selected words or pause, along with the range they set.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active ⎋
Delete the selection	⌫ or ⌦ deletes the selected words and closes the gap, or shortens the selected pause.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active ⌫ ⌦
Timeline keys keep working	Every other key works as it does on the timeline while the transcript text has the keyboard.	Inspector ▸ Transcript, text active

Colour

Feature	What it does	Where
One grade everywhere	The preview, Save Frame… and every export draw a grade the same way.
Ungraded clips stay untouched	A clip you haven't graded renders exactly as it would without a grade.
The Color sub-tab	A sub-tab of the Clip inspector that holds every grading control for the selected clips.	Clip tab ▸ Color
What can be graded	Video clips, image clips, stills (freeze frames) and adjustment clips can take a grade.	Clip tab ▸ Color
Mixed selections	Mixing a text, shape, graphic or nest clip into the selection hides the tab, while an audio-only clip does not.	Clip tab ▸ Color
Sections only adjustment clips show	The Adjustment and Qualifier sections show only when every selected clip is an adjustment clip.	Clip tab ▸ Color
Section summaries	Each section's header shows a short summary of its state.	Clip tab ▸ Color, section headers
Reset a section	A section's Reset, shown while it differs from its default, returns only that section to neutral.	Clip tab ▸ Color, section header ▸ Reset
Which section opens	If no section is open, the tab opens the first one you haven't closed yourself.	Clip tab ▸ Color
Grade several clips at once	With several clips selected, a control changes only its own value on each clip and keeps their other values.	Clip tab ▸ Color with several clips selected
Undo in the Color tab	A slider drag or a typed value is one undo step named after its control.	Edit ▸ Undo
The fixed grade order	The grade always applies in one order: Color, Light, Wheels, Curves, then the Look.	Clip tab ▸ Color
Filters around the grade	The Picture tab's filters act on either side of the grade, which matters when you combine them with one.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Filters
The Light section	Nine tone and white-balance controls, each a slider with a number field beside it.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light
Exposure	Brightens or darkens the picture in stops, from −3 to +3 EV, with black staying black.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Exposure
Temperature	Makes the picture warmer (more red, less blue) or cooler (more blue, less red).	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Temperature
Tint	Shifts the picture toward magenta (positive) or green (negative).	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Tint
Highlights	Lifts or lowers the brighter half of the tones.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Highlights
Shadows	Lifts or lowers the darker half of the tones.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Shadows
Whites	Stretches the tones toward white, with black held.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Whites
Blacks	Raises (positive) or deepens (negative) the dark end of the tones, with white held.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Blacks
Vibrance	Changes saturation mostly in colours that have little of it.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Vibrance
Fade	Lifts black toward 10 % and lowers white toward 95 %, for a washed-out film look.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light ▸ Fade
Set Light and Color with an agent	One set_video call can set any of the nine Light and four Color controls together.
The Color section	Four sliders for overall Brightness, Contrast, Saturation and Hue.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Color
Brightness	Raises or lowers every level.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Color ▸ Brightness
Contrast	Spreads the tones apart or pulls them together.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Color ▸ Contrast
Saturation	Gives more or less colour overall.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Color ▸ Saturation
Hue	Turns every colour around the colour wheel.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Color ▸ Hue
The Wheels section	Three colour wheels side by side, Lift, Gamma and Gain, each with a colour disc, a master strip and a number field.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels
Lift	Moves black and holds white, so it mostly affects the shadows.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels ▸ Lift
Gamma	Moves the middle tones and holds both ends.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels ▸ Gamma
Gain	Moves white and holds black, so it mostly affects the highlights.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels ▸ Gain
Drag the puck	Dragging on a disc pushes the wheel's tonal range toward a colour: the direction picks the hue, the distance the strength.	Wheels disc: press and drag
Wheels match the vectorscope	Each hue on a disc sits where the vectorscope draws it, so dragging toward a colour moves the trace toward it.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels ▸ disc
Fine drag on a wheel	Holding ⌥ moves a puck or a strip at a tenth of the speed, and a strip doesn't jump to the pointer.	Wheels disc or strip: ⌥-drag ⌥-drag
Reset a wheel's push	Double-clicking a disc returns the push to the centre and leaves the wheel's brightness alone.	Wheels disc: double-click Double-click
Reading the push	Hovering a disc shows its push as a hue angle and strength, or Neutral when the puck is centred.	Hover a wheel disc
Master strip	The strip under each disc sets that wheel's master brightness.	Wheels strip: click or drag
Reset a wheel's master	Double-clicking the strip returns the master to 0.	Wheels strip: double-click Double-click
Master field	Type a wheel's master value directly in the field under its strip.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels ▸ master field
Set the wheels with an agent	An agent can set each wheel's push and brightness as exact numbers, the only way to enter a push by number.
The Curves section	A square plot with a channel picker above it and the selected point's fields below it.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Curves
The channel picker	Six cells above the plot choose which channel you edit: Master, Red, Green, Blue, Hue and Sat.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Curves ▸ picker
Master curve	A tone curve on all three colours, for contrast and the black and white points.	Curves picker ▸ Master
Red curve	A tone curve on the red channel only.	Curves picker ▸ Red
Green curve	A tone curve on the green channel only.	Curves picker ▸ Green
Blue curve	A tone curve on the blue channel only.	Curves picker ▸ Blue
Other curves behind the plot	Tone channels you've changed show as faint lines in their own colour behind the curve you're editing.	Curves plot
The changed-channel dot	A dot under a picker cell means that channel has been changed.	Curves picker
Point limits	A curve holds 2 to 16 points and runs smoothly through them without overshooting.	Curves plot
Add a point	Clicking the plot away from a point adds one on the curve above or below the click, ready to drag.	Curves plot: click
A stray click changes nothing	A point added to a straight channel isn't saved until you move it, nudge it or type a value.	Curves plot
Drag a point	Dragging moves a point, which stays inside the plot and can't pass its neighbours.	Curves plot: drag
Fine drag on a curve	⌥-drag moves a point at a tenth of the speed.	Curves plot: ⌥-drag ⌥-drag
Axis lock	⇧-drag locks the point to the axis you moved along most.	Curves plot: ⇧-drag ⇧-drag
Nudge a point	The arrow keys nudge the selected point, and ⇧ with an arrow nudges it ten times as far.	Curves plot: arrow keys, ⇧-arrow keys ← → ↑ ↓
Delete a point	Remove the selected point with ⌫ or ⌦, the Delete button below the plot, or a double-click on the point.	Curves plot: ⌫ or ⌦, or double-click a point ⌫ ⌦
Deselect a point	Esc deselects the point and hands the keyboard back to the editor.	Curves plot: Esc Esc
The plot and the keyboard	While a point is selected the plot has the keyboard, but keys it doesn't use still reach the editor.	Curves plot
In and Out fields	Below the plot, the In and Out fields let you type the selected point's position.	Below the Curves plot: In, Out
Hover readout	While the pointer is over the plot, and during a drag, a label shows its position and the curve's value there.	Curves plot: hover or drag
Undo in Curves	Each drag, nudge, deletion or typed value is one undo step named Curves.	Edit ▸ Undo
Reset one channel	Right-click a channel's cell and choose its Reset item to straighten that channel alone.	Curves picker: right-click ▸ Reset Master, Reset Red, Reset Green, Reset Blue, Reset Hue or Reset Sat
Reset all curves	The Curves section's Reset straightens all six channels in one undo step.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Curves ▸ Reset
Write curves with an agent	An agent writes a whole channel as a list of 2 to 16 points, and the list replaces that channel.
The two hue channels	The Hue and Sat channels turn or saturate one colour at a time, on a plot in degrees over a spectrum strip.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Curves ▸ Hue, Sat
Hue vs Hue	Shifts a chosen hue toward another with brightness kept, such as making the greens more teal.	Curves picker ▸ Hue
Hue vs Sat	Saturates or mutes a chosen hue.	Curves picker ▸ Sat
The spectrum strip	A hue channel plots in degrees with a spectrum strip under it, so you can see which colour each point sits on.	Curves plot on Hue or Sat
Hue curve safeguards	A hue curve never tints a grey, and its points never cross the 0°/360° wrap.	Curves plot on Hue or Sat
Write hue curves with an agent	An agent writes hue_hue and hue_sat whole, each as a list of 2 to 16 hue and value pairs.
The Look gallery	A 3 × 3 grid of tiles, None and the eight looks, each a thumbnail of the first selected clip with that look applied.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
Live thumbnails	Each tile shows the actual frame with that look, refreshed a moment after the playhead stops or an edit lands.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
Warm	A warmer white balance with golden highlights.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Warm
Cool	A cooler white balance with blue shadows.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Cool
Teal & Orange	Teal shadows and orange highlights, with more contrast and vibrance.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Teal & Orange
Vivid	More contrast and strong vibrance, with deeper blacks and brighter whites.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Vivid
Faded	Low contrast, muted colour and lifted blacks, for a washed-out picture.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Faded
Vintage	Muted and warm, with a fade, green-tinted shadows and yellow-tinted highlights.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Vintage
Dramatic	Darker, contrasty and desaturated, with cool shadows.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Dramatic
Black & White	Monochrome, with all colour removed and more contrast.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Black & White
Apply a look	Clicking a tile puts that look on every selected clip.	Look gallery: click a tile
The outlined tile	The tile of the look every selected clip shares is outlined in the accent colour.	Look gallery
Remove a look	The None tile, the section's Reset or Clip ▸ Look ▸ None takes the look off and leaves the rest of the grade.	Look gallery ▸ None, or Clip ▸ Look ▸ None
Look Amount	Sets how much of the look applies, from 0 to 100%.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Amount
Apply a look from the menu	The menu does what the gallery does: the eight looks, then any imported LUTs, then None.	Clip ▸ Look
The Look summary	The section header reads the look and its amount, for example Warm 80%.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
Looks on stills and adjustment clips	A look works on video, image and still clips, and on adjustment clips.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
Set a look with an agent	An agent sets a look by kind with set_video, with an optional amount, and removes it with look: null.
Supported .cube files	Frame Job reads 3D LUTs in a text .cube file of up to 32 MiB, and shows an error for anything else.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Import LUT…
Import LUT…	The button under the gallery picks a .cube file and applies it to the selected clips.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Import LUT…
Add a LUT with Add Media…	File ▸ Add Media… adds a .cube file to the project, to use as a look or a Camera Log conversion.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Drop a LUT on the Media tab	Dropping a .cube file on the Media tab adds it to the project.	Media tab: drag and drop
LUT rows on the Media tab	A LUT appears in the media list with a cube icon and never goes on the timeline.	Media tab
Imported tiles	Each LUT gets a tile in the gallery's Imported group, previewing it on your frame.	Look gallery ▸ Imported
LUTs in Clip ▸ Look	Each LUT gets an item in Clip ▸ Look between the eight looks and None.	Clip ▸ Look ▸ <LUT name>
A LUT is a look	A LUT is applied at the same step as a built-in look and uses the same Amount row.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look ▸ Amount
A changed file	If you change the file on disk, the new table is read at the next frame drawn.
A missing or broken file	If the file goes missing or can't be read, the clip draws without its look and keeps the rest of its grade.
A LUT can't be placed as a clip	An agent can't place a LUT as a clip, and the error says how to apply it instead.
Removing a LUT in use	Removing a LUT in use asks first, counting its uses. Its button names what it clears and keeps the clips.	Media tab ▸ right-click a LUT row ▸ Remove
A LUT in an HDR project	The Look section warns that in an HLG project a .cube LUT reads its values as Rec. 709.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
Apply a LUT with an agent	An agent imports the .cube with import_media, then sets it as a look by its media id.
What an adjustment clip is	A clip with no picture of its own that grades everything already drawn behind it for as long as it lasts.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
Insert Adjustment Clip	One menu command places an adjustment clip, as one undo step named Add Adjustment Clip.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
What an adjustment clip covers	The new clip covers the In–Out range, or else the selected clips, or else the whole timeline.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
Which track an adjustment clip goes on	The new clip goes on the front track when it has room and isn't a matte track, otherwise on a new front track named Adjustment.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
The full grade	An adjustment clip's Color tab has Light, Color, Wheels, Curves and Look, plus Adjustment and Qualifier.	Clip tab ▸ Color
No Picture sub-tab	An adjustment clip has nothing to place or crop, so its sub-tabs are Color and Clip.	Clip tab
Adjustment clip Strength	Sets how much of the grade is mixed over the picture behind the clip.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Adjustment ▸ Strength
No adjustment clips in nests	An adjustment clip can't go inside a nest, and can't be nested.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
No transitions or overlaps on adjustment clips	An adjustment clip can't take a transition or overlap another clip on its track.	Timeline
No blur, sharpen, pixelate or blend modes	An adjustment clip can't take a blur, sharpen or pixelate filter or a blend mode, as it has no pixels of its own.
Grade a graphic	Graphics have no Color sub-tab; put an adjustment clip above one to grade it.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
Add an adjustment clip with an agent	An agent places an adjustment clip on a named track at a named time, then grades it with set_video.
The Qualifier section	Limits an adjustment clip's grade to the pixels behind it that match up to three ranges of hue, saturation and luma.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier
The Qualifier summary	The section header says which ranges are on, for example hue · sat · inverted · blur 20%.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier
Turning a range on	Turning a range's checkbox on starts the range at its default.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ range checkbox
Hue range	Picks pixels by hue, on a strip of the colour spectrum.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Hue
Saturation range	Picks pixels by saturation, on a strip from neutral to fully saturated.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Saturation
Luma range	Picks pixels by brightness, on a strip from black to white.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Luma
Low and High never cross	A typed Low is held at or below High, and a typed High at or above Low.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Saturation or Luma ▸ Low, High
How ranges combine	A pixel must fall inside every range that is on, and each range falls off smoothly across its softness outside each edge.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier
Reading a strip	Each range has a strip that dims everything outside the range, the soft edges half as much, so you can see on the scale what is picked.	Qualifier strips
Dragging a strip	A strip's block knobs set the width or the edges, its small squares the softness, and its band moves the whole range.	Qualifier strip: drag a block knob, a small square or the band
Fine drag on a qualifier strip	Holding ⌥ moves a strip handle at a tenth of the speed.	Qualifier strip: ⌥-drag ⌥-drag
Reset a range	Double-clicking a strip resets the range to its default.	Qualifier strip: double-click
Invert a qualifier	Grades everything except what the ranges pick.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Invert
Blur a qualifier's selection	Blurs the selection, not the picture: a speckled selection on noisy footage turns clean and the grade blends into its surroundings.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Blur
Animate a qualifier	An action can animate a qualifier's numbers.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier, with an action selected
Set a qualifier with an agent	An agent sets a qualifier with set_video: it can turn a range on, change part of one, or turn one off.
Pick from Canvas	Press the button and click the preview to centre the ranges on that colour.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas, then click the preview
What a pick sets on Hue	Hue turns on if it was off and centres on the colour you clicked. Clicking a near-grey turns it off.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas
What a pick sets on Saturation	The Saturation range is turned on if needed and centred on the colour's saturation.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas
What a pick sets on Luma	Luma moves to the colour's brightness only if it was already on.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas
Width and softness are kept	A range that was already on keeps its width and softness.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas
Cancelling a pick	Esc or pressing the button again cancels the pick, and so does changing the selection.	Esc, or press Pick from Canvas again Esc
One preview tool at a time	Starting Pick from Canvas cancels any other tool waiting on the preview, and starting one of those cancels a pick.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas
A pick inside an action	With an action selected, the picked ranges go to the action's end state.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Pick from Canvas, with an action selected
Show Selection	Draws the qualifier's selection in grey in place of the graded picture: white is fully graded, black untouched, grey in between.	View ▸ Show Selection
The Selection tag	A Selection tag appears in the preview's top-left corner while Show Selection is on.	Preview, top-left
It follows the selection	Show Selection follows the first selected adjustment clip and turns off when none is selected.	View ▸ Show Selection
Preview only	It affects only this window's preview and the Preview Window, never an export or Save Frame….	View ▸ Show Selection
Draw the selection with an agent	An agent can render an adjustment clip's selection as grey.
Show Ungraded	A before/after switch that shows this window's preview, and the Preview Window, as if no clip were graded.	View ▸ Show Ungraded ⌃⌘U
The Ungraded tag	An Ungraded tag appears in the preview's top-left corner while Show Ungraded is on.	Preview, top-left
What it leaves on	A camera-log conversion on the media, filters, the chroma key and placement are not part of the grade, so they stay on.	View ▸ Show Ungraded
Grade view tools are never saved	Show Ungraded, Show Selection and the scopes affect only the window's preview, and nothing about them is saved or exported.	View menu
Draw an ungraded frame with an agent	An agent can render a frame as if no clip were graded.
The Scopes panel	A 248 pt column between the picture and the inspector that measures the picture while you grade.	View ▸ Scopes ⌃⌘W
Two slots and their popups	The panel holds two stacked slots, each with a popup that picks one of four scopes.	Scopes panel ▸ a slot's popup
The slot caption	A faint caption at each slot's top right says what the scope reads.	Scopes panel
Scopes in a short pane	If the preview pane is too short for both slots they shrink together, and below 360 pt only the top slot shows.	Scopes panel
Live scopes	The scopes follow the picture live while it plays, and update after each edit while it's paused.	Scopes panel
Scopes follow the preview	Because they read the preview's frame, scopes follow Show Ungraded, Show Selection and Show SDR Version.	Scopes panel
Measure scopes with an agent	An agent measures any of the four scopes on any frame with render_frame, without opening the panel.
Waveform	Shows the picture's luma (Y′) by position across the frame, left to right.	Scopes panel ▸ a slot's popup ▸ Waveform ⌃⌘W
RGB Parade	Shows red, green and blue as three side-by-side waveforms, each with its own clip marks.	Scopes panel ▸ a slot's popup ▸ Parade ⌃⌘W
Clip marks	Red marks on the top and bottom edges of the Waveform and Parade show where highlights and shadows clip.	Scopes panel ▸ Waveform or Parade
Clipping readouts	Under the Waveform and the Histogram, Highlights clipped and Shadows clipped show a share of the frame.	Scopes panel ▸ under a Waveform or Histogram slot
Measure the Waveform and Parade with an agent	An agent measures a frame's waveform or parade and gets clipping figures and the raw counts.
Vectorscope	Plots the picture's colour by hue and strength, with Cb running across and Cr up.	Scopes panel ▸ a slot's popup ▸ Vectorscope ⌃⌘W
Vectorscope targets	Six boxes mark where the 75 % colour bars land: red, magenta, blue, cyan, green and yellow.	Scopes panel ▸ Vectorscope
The skin line	A line running up and to the left from the centre marks where skin tones fall.	Scopes panel ▸ Vectorscope
Vectorscope zoom	The 1× 2× 4× cells in the scope's bottom-right corner zoom in on a low-saturation picture, to show small casts.	Scopes panel ▸ Vectorscope, bottom-right cells
Measure the Vectorscope with an agent	An agent measures a frame's vectorscope and chooses its zoom.
Histogram	Shows how many pixels sit at each level: red, green and blue counts as tinted fills, with luma as a white line.	Scopes panel ▸ a slot's popup ▸ Histogram ⌃⌘W
Measure the Histogram with an agent	An agent measures a frame's histogram.
Grading inside an action	With an action selected, a control change goes to the action's end state and ramps there from the clip's own value.	Clip tab ▸ action lane, then Clip tab ▸ Color
Row marks and the tab badge	The row marks (◆) and the Color tab's ◆N badge show which settings the selected action animates.	Clip tab ▸ Color
What ramps smoothly	Light, Color, wheels, Strength, the look's Amount and the qualifier's numbers ramp smoothly.	Clip tab ▸ Color, with an action selected
A hue centre takes the short way	An animated qualifier hue centre takes the short way round the colour wheel.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier ▸ Hue, with an action selected
Curves animate	Curves animate between any two curves, even with different numbers of points, and from or to a straight line.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Curves, with an action selected
Resetting a curve inside an action	Inside an action, a channel's Reset or Set end value to default writes a straight curve to the action's end, so it animates back to neutral.	Curves picker: right-click ▸ Reset Red
A look switches instead	Turning a look on or off, or changing it, applies to the clip itself, not to the action, even with an action selected.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
A qualifier range switches	A range turned on or off in an action switches whole at its end.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier, with an action selected
Clear in a section header	While an action animates a grade section, its header shows Clear in place of Reset, to take it out of the action.	Section header ▸ Clear
Take one row out of an action	Right-clicking a grade row offers Remove from action N or Set end value to default.	Grade row: right-click
How a wheel disc shows an action	The disc shows a hollow square at the action's start value, the puck in the action colour, and a coral mark at the playhead's value.	Wheels disc
How a wheel strip shows an action	The strip fills in the action colour from the start value, with a coral tick at the playhead's value.	Wheels strip
How the curve plot shows an action	The plot shows the action's start curve dashed, and the edited curve and its points in the action colour.	Curves plot
How a qualifier strip shows an action	The band is outlined and its knobs are drawn in the action colour.	Qualifier strips
How sliders show an action	Grade sliders carry the same action marks as everywhere else in the inspector.	Clip tab ▸ Color
Copy a grade with Paste Attributes	Copy a graded clip, select others and choose Paste Attributes: its video settings replace theirs in one undo step.	Edit ▸ Copy, then Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌘C then ⌥⌘V
Paste only some settings with an agent	An agent can list which groups to paste, such as only the picture settings and not the sound.
A qualifier between clips	Paste Attributes copies a qualifier only between adjustment clips.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes
When a paste stops	If the copied clip has a blur, sharpen or pixelate filter or a blend mode, a paste onto an adjustment clip shows an error.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes
LUTs travel with a paste	Pasting a clip with a LUT look into another project brings the LUT into that project's media.	Edit ▸ Paste or Edit ▸ Paste Attributes

HDR and colour management

Feature	What it does	Where
Automatic source conversion	Each frame of a source is converted once into the colour the project works in, so most footage needs no setting.
SDR-only projects stay untouched	An SDR project holding only Rec. 709 sources isn't converted at all: its pixels and labels stay exactly as they are.
Rec. 709 and untagged sources	Rec. 709 or unlabelled video, stills and recordings are drawn as they are in SDR and lifted to reference white in HDR (HLG).
HLG video	HLG video such as iPhone HDR has its highlights rolled off in an SDR project and kept above white in an HDR (HLG) project.
PQ / HDR10 video	A PQ (HDR10) file rolls off at its own peak in an SDR project and becomes real HDR, up to 1,000 cd/m², in HDR (HLG).	Media tab ▸ HDR10
Wide-gamut SDR sources	A BT.2020 or P3 D65 source with an SDR transfer curve is converted to the project's colours, not drawn with the wrong ones.
sRGB-transfer sources	A source labelled with the sRGB transfer is read as sRGB rather than as Rec. 709.
Full-range files	S-Log3 and V-Log files stored in full range are read as full range, from the flag in the file.
Camera log in each kind of project	Log footage with a built-in Camera Log curve looks normal in an SDR project and becomes real HDR in an HDR (HLG) project.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log
HDR stills	A PNG or HEIC still labelled HLG or PQ is treated as HDR, the way a video of the same kind is, rather than read as SDR.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Gain-map HDR photos	An iPhone HDR photo with a gain map shows its HDR highlights in an HDR (HLG) project and its ordinary picture in SDR.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
The same conversion everywhere	The conversion is the same in the preview, every export and saved frames, and filmstrips and thumbnails follow it.
Show Ungraded keeps the conversion	View ▸ Show Ungraded turns off the grades but leaves the source conversion on, because the conversion is how the file is read.	View ▸ Show Ungraded ⌃⌘U
Camera Log section	The Media tab's Camera Log section tells Frame Job which curve a video file was shot with, so flat log footage displays correctly.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log
A setting on the file	Camera Log is set on the media file, so every clip of that file follows it, reversed clips included.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log
Camera Log undo step	Changing a file's Camera Log is one undo step, named Camera Log.	Edit ▸ Undo
Camera Log status line and header	A line under the Log popup says what's set and whether it came from the file, and the section's header repeats the setting.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log
Log popup: None	No conversion: the file shows its log picture as recorded.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log ▸ None
Log popup: Apple Log	Converts footage shot in Apple Log, using the Apple Log curve and the BT.2020 camera gamut.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log ▸ Apple Log
Log popup: Apple Log 2	Converts footage shot in Apple Log 2, which is the Apple Log curve with Apple Wide Gamut.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log ▸ Apple Log 2
Log popup: S-Log3	Converts Sony S-Log3 footage, with two rows for its gamut: S-Log3 / S-Gamut3.Cine and S-Log3 / S-Gamut3.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log
Log popup: V-Log	Converts Panasonic V-Log footage with V-Gamut, shown as V-Log / V-Gamut.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log ▸ V-Log / V-Gamut
Log popup: C-Log2	Converts Canon Log 2 footage, with two rows for its gamut: C-Log2 / Cinema Gamut and C-Log2 / BT.2020.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log
Log popup: C-Log3	Converts Canon Log 3 footage, with two rows for its gamut: C-Log3 / Cinema Gamut and C-Log3 / BT.2020.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log
How a curve is displayed	Each built-in curve follows its maker's published curve and gamut, and Frame Job's display transform turns it into a normal-looking picture.
Detection on import	An iPhone Apple Log or Apple Log 2 file is recognised by its label when you import it, so it looks like normal video straight away.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log
Thumbnails follow Camera Log	Changing a file's Camera Log redraws its Media tab thumbnails and timeline filmstrip to show the converted picture.	Media tab
Camera Log runs before the grade	The conversion happens before the chroma key and every grade step, and Show Ungraded keeps it.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log
Which files take Camera Log	Camera Log is for video files only: the popup is disabled for an audio file, an image or a LUT.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log
Set Camera Log with an agent	Agents set or clear a file's Camera Log with set_media_color, and read it back from get_project.
Use LUT…	Use LUT… picks a .cube file, adds it to the project and makes it this file's log conversion to Rec. 709, in one undo step.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log ▸ Use LUT…
A LUT already in the project	Each .cube LUT already in the project is offered in the Log popup as LUT: name, so other files can use it as their conversion.	Media tab ▸ Camera Log ▸ Log ▸ LUT: name
A Camera Log LUT counts as used	A LUT that is some file's Camera Log counts as used: Unused only hides it, and Remove asks first.	Media tab ▸ Unused only
Removing a Camera Log LUT	Removing a LUT in use says how many files lose it, and Remove and Clear Camera Log sends them back to no conversion.	Media tab ▸ right-click the LUT ▸ Remove
Camera Log and looks: converting twice	Camera Log is applied before any look, and the Look section warns when a .cube look sits on a file Camera Log converts.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
Peak read at import	Import reads a PQ file's peak from its HDR10 metadata, so its highlights roll off to white at the brightness the file names.	Media tab ▸ HDR10
HDR10 section	The Media tab's HDR10 section shows and changes the selected PQ file's peak.	Media tab ▸ HDR10
Peak	Typing a value in Peak overrides the brightness a PQ file's highlights roll off to white at.	Media tab ▸ HDR10 ▸ Peak
Use File's	Use File's clears the override and goes back to the peak the file's HDR10 metadata names.	Media tab ▸ HDR10 ▸ Use File's
Where the peak came from	A line under the controls says where the peak came from.	Media tab ▸ HDR10
PQ Peak undo step	Each peak change is one undo step, PQ Peak, and in the app changing the peak or the Camera Log keeps the other.	Edit ▸ Undo
Set a PQ peak with an agent	Agents set a PQ file's peak with set_media_color's peak, and read the file's own reading from get_project.
Limits of the peak	Only a PQ file has a peak, and it's read once, at import, so relinking the file doesn't read it again.	Media tab ▸ HDR10
Dynamic Range	The Document tab's Dynamic Range popup sets whether the project works in SDR (Rec. 709, the default) or HDR (HLG).	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Dynamic Range
Dynamic Range undo step	Switching the project's dynamic range is one undo step, Dynamic Range.	Edit ▸ Undo
Colour row in the Document section	The Document section's Colour row shows the project's dynamic range.	Document tab ▸ Document ▸ Colour
The HDR (HLG) working space	An HDR project composes every frame in HLG-encoded BT.2020, so HDR footage keeps its range through to the file.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Dynamic Range ▸ HDR (HLG)
SDR material lifted to reference white	In an HDR (HLG) project SDR material is lifted so its white sits at HDR reference white, and HDR highlights rise above it.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Dynamic Range
Drawn layers and generated content	In an HDR (HLG) project text, captions, shapes, SDR stills, graphics and background colours are lifted to reference white.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Dynamic Range
Grades keep their settings	Switching dynamic range changes no grade value.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Dynamic Range
The chroma key across a switch	A chroma key keeps keying the colour it was picked on after a switch to HDR (HLG), exactly or very nearly.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key
Pick from Canvas in an HDR project	In an HDR (HLG) project Pick from Canvas stores the key colour as an SDR project shows it.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Chroma Key ▸ Pick from Canvas
Qualifiers read the HLG signal	An adjustment clip's qualifier ranges are measured on the HLG values in an HDR (HLG) project, so re-pick them after switching.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier
Show SDR Version	View ▸ Show SDR Version puts the project's SDR version in the preview: the picture 8-bit formats and JPEG frames get.	View ▸ Show SDR Version
It belongs to the window	Show SDR Version belongs to the window: it reaches the preview and the Preview Window, and never an export or a saved frame.	View ▸ Show SDR Version
The SDR Version tag	A tag reading "SDR Version" sits in the preview's top-left corner while the view is on.	Preview, top left
What the SDR version is	The SDR version brings the HLG master back to Rec. 709, unchanged to a little below reference white, with highlights rolled off.
Draw the SDR version with an agent	An agent draws the same picture with render_frame's sdr_version.
Scopes read the HLG signal	In an HDR (HLG) project View ▸ Scopes reads the HLG signal, with scales and targets to match.	View ▸ Scopes ⌃⌘W
Waveform and Parade in cd/m²	In an HDR (HLG) project the Waveform and Parade label every line in cd/m²: 0, 10, 51, 203 and 1000 at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 %.	View ▸ Scopes ⌃⌘W
The reference white line	The 75 % line, HDR reference white, is dashed: titles and SDR material sit on it, and HDR highlights rise above it.	View ▸ Scopes ⌃⌘W
BT.2020 luma and vectorscope targets	In an HDR (HLG) project luma and the vectorscope use BT.2020's weights, and the vectorscope's targets are BT.2020's too.	View ▸ Scopes ⌃⌘W
Scope captions in an HDR project	Each scope slot's caption names what it reads.	View ▸ Scopes ⌃⌘W
HDR scope numbers for agents	In an HDR (HLG) project each scope's JSON from render_frame adds the signal, and the Waveform, Parade and Histogram add a scale.
Blending	The Document tab's Blending popup sets how layers mix where they overlap: in opacity, dissolves, soft edges, blend modes and glows.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Blending
Encoded	Layers blend on their encoded values, as most editors do.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Blending ▸ Encoded
Linear light	Layers blend as light, so a dissolve between saturated clips keeps its brightness instead of dipping dark at the midpoint.	Document tab ▸ Canvas ▸ Blending ▸ Linear light
What Blending leaves alone	Blending changes no clip and no grade, so a grade looks the same either way.
Dynamic Range on the export sheet	In an HDR (HLG) project the export sheet gets a Dynamic Range row under Format: HDR (HLG), HDR10 (PQ) or SDR version.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Dynamic Range ⌘E
HDR (HLG)	Writes the BT.2100 HLG master, the row's default.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Dynamic Range ▸ HDR (HLG) ⌘E
HDR10 (PQ)	Writes an HDR10 file: BT.2100 PQ mastered at 1,000 cd/m², with fixed mastering metadata.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Dynamic Range ▸ HDR10 (PQ) ⌘E
SDR version	Writes the project's SDR version in Rec. 709.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Dynamic Range ▸ SDR version ⌘E
Which formats carry HDR	Six formats can carry an HDR picture, each at 10 bits or more, and every other video format writes the SDR version.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Format ⌘E
VP9 and HDR	VP9 (WebM) writes HLG and HDR10 as 10-bit VP9 Profile 2, and the SDR version as 8-bit Profile 0.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Format ▸ VP9 (WebM) ⌘E
Fixed HDR10 metadata	An HDR10 file carries fixed metadata that is always accurate, because its picture never goes above 1,000 cd/m².	File ▸ Export… ▸ Dynamic Range ▸ HDR10 (PQ) ⌘E
HDR export errors for agents	An agent asking export for a picture the format or project can't carry gets a message saying what will work.
See which picture an export wrote	Once export_status reports a video job done in an HDR (HLG) project, its dynamic_range names the picture written.
16-bit float compositing	Every video source is decoded and every frame composited at 16-bit float, so gradients from a 10-bit file survive grading.
10-bit exports	HEVC 10-bit, both AV1 formats and ProRes keep the depth, VP9 (WebM) for HLG and HDR10 only; other video formats are 8-bit.	File ▸ Export… ▸ Format ⌘E
Deep stills	A still deeper than 8 bits per channel, such as a 16-bit PNG or TIFF or a 10-bit HEIC, is drawn at 16-bit float.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
What stays 8-bit	Text, shapes, captions, graphics, thumbnails and screen recordings are 8-bit, and still sit at reference white in HDR (HLG).

Motion graphics

Feature	What it does	Where
Graphic clips	A motion graphic that sits on a track like any clip, drawn fresh on every frame by a small JavaScript module kept in your project.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Modules	A module is one file in your project, graphics/<name>.js, that draws an SVG picture for any frame Frame Job asks for.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Reveal in Finder
Clips sharing one module	Many clips can be drawn by one module, each with its own property values, size and timeline.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ This Project
Graphic properties	Each property a module declares becomes a control in the inspector, and a value you don't set draws with the module's own default.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Same frame, same pixels	A graphic always draws the same pixels for the same frame and settings, so the preview and an export show the same graphic.
Module names	A module's name is its file name without .js: lowercase letters, digits and -, starting with a letter or digit, at most 63 characters.
Gradients don't band	A fixed, very fine pattern keeps dark gradients shading smoothly. Choose 10-bit or ProRes to keep that in an export.
The graphics folder	Each project keeps its graphics in a graphics/ folder inside the .framejob package, holding modules, fonts/, assets/ and history/.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Reveal in Finder
Graphics in an untitled project	An unsaved project can use graphics: they are kept in a temporary folder and move into the package when you first save it.
Templates are copied into the project	Inserting a template writes your own editable copy into graphics/ under a free name, so each insert can be edited on its own.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
A graphics-only timeline	A timeline of nothing but graphics, text, shapes and images still plays and exports.
Graphics in HDR projects	In an HDR (HLG) project, graphics draw at reference white, 203 cd/m², so a white graphic matches SDR white.
Graphics limits	The fixed limits in one list, such as 8192 pixels a side, 64 property values a clip and 10 kept versions of each module.
The Insert Graphic sheet	A sheet for choosing a bundled template, a project graphic or a file of your own, with categories, a list and a looping preview.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Graphic categories	The left list files graphics by category, with This Project first when your project holds a module.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ categories list
The graphics list	The middle list shows the chosen category's graphics sorted by title, with a module that doesn't compile in grey.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ graphics list
The looping preview	The chosen graphic plays on a loop over a checkerboard, at the project's canvas shape, with its title and one-line description under it.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ preview
Insert a graphic	Insert, Return or a double-click on a graphic places the chosen graphic at the playhead, selects the new clip and closes the sheet.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Insert Return
Cancel the Insert Graphic sheet	Cancel or Esc closes the sheet without changing anything.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Cancel Esc
Insert from This Project	Choosing a graphic under This Project places another clip drawn by that module, with nothing copied.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ This Project
Insert from a file	From File… closes the sheet so you can pick a .js module to copy in and place, or a .fjgraphic package to import.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ From File…
How From File… names a module	From File… names the module after the file you chose, changed as needed to make a valid name that isn't taken.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ From File…
Where an inserted graphic lands	An inserted graphic goes at the playhead on the front track if it fits there, otherwise on a new track above everything.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Default length and size	A new clip takes the length and size its module gives, otherwise 5 seconds and the canvas's size.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
A module that doesn't compile	If the module doesn't compile, no clip is placed and Frame Job shows its first error, with the line when it knows it.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
A graphic clip on the timeline	A graphic clip is teal with no thumbnails, and its strip shows a {} symbol and reads Graphic until you name it.	Timeline
The 23 bundled templates	Frame Job ships 23 ready-made graphics in four categories, drawn by code and fully editable once inserted.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Templates at any canvas shape	Seventeen templates stay inside the title-safe area in landscape, portrait and square, fitting or wrapping long text.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Templates end clean	Seventeen templates have an accent colour and leave in about their last 15 frames, so the last frame is bare.
Template fonts and glyphs	Templates use bundled fonts and generic vector glyphs only, never a brand's artwork.
Arrow highlight	A rounded box drawn on around a spot, an arrow growing toward it from the side nearer the frame's centre, and a label at the arrow's tail.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Screencast ▸ Arrow highlight
Bar chart	A titled bar chart whose bars grow in turn, from comma-separated values and labels.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Bar chart
Callout	A circle that draws itself round a spot on the frame, with an arrow and a label.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Screencast ▸ Callout
Chapter card	A full-frame card with a large outlined chapter number, a kicker, an accent rule drawing across and the title rising into view.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ Chapter card
Countdown	A timer counting down or up one step a second inside a ring that empties or fills, pulsing each second and flashing at the end.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Countdown
Counter	A number counting from one value to another with thousands separators, a prefix and a label.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Counter
Donut chart	A titled donut whose slices sweep in turn, the first slice's share counting up in the centre, with a legend.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Donut chart
End screen	A full-frame card with a title, two 16:9 placeholders for the video elements you add when you publish, and a subscribe circle.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Social & YouTube ▸ End screen
Gauge	A 270° dial whose accent arc and needle swing to a value while the figure counts up, with its units and a label.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Gauge
Handle tag	An accent tile holding a generic glyph and a pill with your @handle, at a corner.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Social & YouTube ▸ Handle tag
Keyboard keys	A shortcut such as cmd+shift+4 drawn as keycaps that pop in and are pressed in turn, with a label under them.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Screencast ▸ Keyboard keys
Kinetic type	A sentence shown word by word, each word springing in, with an accent colour.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ Kinetic type
Line chart	A titled line drawn on through comma-separated values, a dot popping at each point, an optional area fill and the last value called out.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Line chart
Logo reveal	A full-frame card on which an accent bar sweeps across to reveal your logo or a text mark, then settles into a rule over a tagline.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ Logo reveal
Lower third	A name and subtitle that slide in from the left and fade out, with or without a dark box, placed left, centre or right.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ Lower third
News ticker	A band along the foot of the frame with a headline box and items, typed with | between them, crawling right to left.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ News ticker
Progress bar	A labelled bar on a plate whose fill grows to a percentage, the figure counting, with a shine across it, at the bottom, centre or top.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Data & Time ▸ Progress bar
Quote card	A full-frame card with a large quote mark, the quote's lines fading up in turn, and the attribution sliding in.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ Quote card
Social popup	A notification card at a corner with a generic avatar and handle, its heart, bubble or share arrow popping as the count goes up by one.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Social & YouTube ▸ Social popup
Step badge	A numbered accent circle popping in at a corner, with a label panel wiping out from behind it.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Screencast ▸ Step badge
Subscribe button	A button a cursor clicks: it turns grey with a check and its done label, then a bell pops in beside it and rings after a second click.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Social & YouTube ▸ Subscribe button
Title card	A title fitted to the frame with a kicker above it, over a two-colour gradient. The text fades in and out, and the gradient stays.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Titles & Text ▸ Title card
Window frame	A browser or app window's frame, with a title bar, three dots and a title or address field, to sit over a recording on the track below.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Screencast ▸ Window frame
Export a graphic	Export… saves the chosen graphic as a .fjgraphic file holding its module and only the project fonts and pictures it uses.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Export…
What a package finds to pack	To find the fonts and pictures a graphic uses, Frame Job draws it and packs what it saw, so check the file list after an export.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ Export…
The .fjgraphic file	A package is an uncompressed zip of a manifest, the module, fonts/ and assets/, and two exports by one version are byte-identical.
Open a .fjgraphic from the Finder	Double-click a .fjgraphic, use Open With, drop it on the Dock icon or open it from a browser's downloads to import it.	Finder
Import with From File…	Choosing a .fjgraphic with From File… puts up the Import Graphic sheet for that same project.	Insert ▸ Graphic… ▸ From File…
The Import Graphic sheet	Before anything is copied, a sheet shows the graphic's title and description, and what will happen to its module, fonts and pictures.	Import Graphic sheet
After an import	Import copies the files into graphics/ and opens the Insert Graphic sheet on This Project with the graphic chosen, ready to insert.	Import Graphic sheet ▸ Import
Name clashes on import	An import never replaces a file: identical files are reused, a different module or font gets a new name, and a different picture stops it.	Import Graphic sheet
Package checks	Frame Job checks a package before copying anything, and a damaged, compressed, altered or newer one isn't imported. The message says why.
The Graphic sub-tab	When every selected clip is a graphic, the Clip tab gains a Graphic sub-tab with Source, Properties, Size and Timeline sections.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic
The Picture sub-tab on a graphic	A graphic has the usual layer settings, such as Transform, Shadow and Filters, so you can move and fade it, but no Crop or Chroma Key.	Clip tab ▸ Picture
The Clip sub-tab on a graphic	A graphic has Timing, Transition and Motion presets in the Clip sub-tab, but no Speed section.	Clip tab ▸ Clip
Name, File and Revision	The Source section shows what draws the clip: its Name, File and Revision.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
Open in Editor	Open in Editor opens the module in the app your Mac uses for .js files; save there and the preview redraws within a moment.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Open in Editor
Reveal in Finder	Reveal in Finder shows the module's file.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Reveal in Finder
A missing module	When the module file is gone, Source shows an error, Revision reads missing and its buttons are dimmed.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
Errors and warnings in Source	Under the buttons, Source lists what the module says about the clip: compile errors and warnings, then what its first frame reported.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
Open a diagnostic	Click a diagnostic, or its Open button, to open the module in your editor. This opens the file, not the line.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Open
Problems in the graphics folder	Under In the graphics folder, Source lists what Frame Job skipped or couldn't watch, each with a Reveal button.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ In the graphics folder
Several modules selected	When the selected clips are drawn by different modules, Source names them and asks you to select one module's clips to edit its properties.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
Move clips to another module	To move clips to a module that already exists, delete them and insert that module again, or have an agent do it with set_graphic.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Property rows	One row appears per property the module declares, in the module's own order, with the module's label and its help text as the tooltip.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Number properties	A number property is a value field, with a slider when the module gives both a minimum and a maximum.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Text properties	A text property is a one-line field the width of the inspector, or a text area when the module marks it multi-line.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties ↩, ⇧↩
Checkbox properties	A property that's either on or off is a checkbox.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Pop-up properties	A property with a fixed list of choices is a pop-up of the module's options.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Colour properties	A colour property is a swatch that opens the macOS colour panel, and a colour you can see through keeps its opacity.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Picture properties	A picture property is a pop-up of None, every picture in the project's graphics, and any name referred to but missing from the folder.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Reset a graphic's properties	Reset on the Properties header clears every value stored on the selected clips, so the module draws its own defaults.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties ▸ Reset
A value at the default is not stored	With no action selected, setting a value back to the module's default clears it, so the clip follows that default if it changes later.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Edit several clips of one module	With several clips of one module selected, a change to a property row applies to all of them.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Leftover values	A value for a property the module no longer has stays listed, dimmed, below the rows, with ⌫ to remove it.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties ▸ ⌫
Width and Height	Width and Height set the size a graphic draws at, 1 to 8192 pixels a side, so text and shapes stay sharp.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Size ▸ Width, Height
Fit to Canvas	Fit to Canvas sets the size to the canvas's and centres the clip at scale 1.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Size ▸ Fit to Canvas
The graphic's own timeline	A graphic has a timeline of its own, counted from its first frame, shown in the Timeline section.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Timeline
The graphic's In point	In shows the graphic frame the clip's first frame shows. You can't type it: trimming the front, rolling and splitting move it.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Timeline ▸ In
Pin a graphic's Length	Typing a Length pins the graphic's own timeline, so the animation keeps its pace when the clip's length changes.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Timeline ▸ Length
Follow Clip	With Follow Clip on, the default, the graphic's timeline ends when the clip ends, so lengthening the clip moves its outro to the new end.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Timeline ▸ Follow Clip
Length pinned shorter than the clip	When Length is pinned shorter than the clip, frames keep counting past it but the graphic's progress stays at its end.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Timeline
Trim a graphic like footage	Trimming the front of a graphic clip cuts into its animation, and trimming the end never changes a pinned Length.	Timeline: drag a clip edge
Graphics and transitions	A transition that gives a graphic clip extra frames at its head moves In back by the same amount, so the picture stays in step.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
Graphics and a frame-rate change	Changing the project's frame rate snaps In and a pinned Length to the nearest frame on the new grid.	Document tab ▸ Frame Rate
Canvas-sized graphics are re-sized	Make Vertical Version re-sizes a graphic exactly the old canvas's size to the new canvas, so it lays itself out again on the new frame.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Templates measured by the short side	Every bundled template measures itself by the short side of the size it draws at, so it fits a tall frame.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Older template copies are updated	Older copies of six templates are recognised, and rewritten with the current template in the copy that Make a copy opens.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Make a copy
Your own height-sized modules are named	A module of your own that sizes itself by the canvas's height (ctx.height / 1080) is named in the summary, as it may not fit the frame.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ summary
Animate a graphic's properties	Add an action to a graphic clip, select it, and set in the Graphic sub-tab the values its properties should end at.	Clip ▸ Add Action ⌥⌘K
Numbers and colours ramp	Across an action, numbers and colours move along the action's curve, with colours blending through OKLab.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties, action selected
Text, checkboxes, menus and pictures switch	Text, checkboxes, pop-ups and pictures hold their value through an action, then change as it ends. Their rows say "at end".	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties, action selected
Keep a property out of animation	A module can mark a property animate: false, so no action animates it. Its row shows ⊘ and edits the clip even with an action selected.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
Action values must fit the module	A value you put in an action is checked against the module as it is now, including any minimum and maximum.
Where an animated property starts	An action starts from the value in force, or, if the clip holds none, from the module's default when an action first names it.
The ◆N badge	The Graphic sub-tab shows a ◆N badge counting how many properties the selected action animates.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic (badge)
Paste Graphic Properties	Pastes a copied graphic clip's properties, text and colours included, onto every selected clip drawn by the same graphic.	Edit ▸ Paste Graphic Properties
Paste Attributes leaves graphic properties alone	Paste Attributes copies a clip's look, such as its position and opacity, and never carries a graphic's properties.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Copying a graphic clip	Copying and pasting a graphic clip pastes a clip that names its module; the module's .js file, fonts and pictures are not copied.	Edit ▸ Copy ⌘C
Add Font to Graphics	Copies a .ttf or .otf file into the project's graphics/fonts/ folder, and every graphic in the project can then use it.	File ▸ Add Font to Graphics…
Exact font family names	A module must use the family name Frame Job reads from the font file, which can differ from the name Font Book shows.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
Bundled fonts	Graphics can draw with seven bundled families on every Mac, with nothing to install.
Generic font families	serif, sans-serif and monospace draw in bundled faces: Source Serif 4, Source Sans 3 and IBM Plex Mono.
System fonts are never used	Graphics never use the fonts installed on your Mac, only the bundled ones and those you add, so a project draws the same everywhere.
Add Image to Graphics	Copies a PNG, JPEG, GIF, WebP, SVG or SVGZ picture into graphics/assets/, where a module can draw it and a picture property lists it.	File ▸ Add Image to Graphics…
Picture names made legal	A picture whose name a module can't refer to is added under a legal name, and a notice says which.	File ▸ Add Image to Graphics…
Dropping files in the folder	Fonts and pictures may also be put straight into graphics/fonts/ and graphics/assets/ with the Finder or any tool.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Reveal in Finder
Edit in any editor	A module is an ordinary file in the project package's graphics/ folder, so you can edit it in any editor or with your own tools.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Reveal in Finder
Live reload	When a module, font or picture changes, the paused preview redraws and the inspector updates within a moment, with no reimport.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Open in Editor
How many files are watched	Frame Job watches the graphics folder, its fonts/ and assets/ folders, and the first 16 files one by one.
Reading a module's errors and warnings	An error means nothing drew and a warning means the graphic drew anyway, each with its line and column when they're known.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
The error card	A graphic that fails draws a dark red error card in its own box, in place of the graphic, in the preview and in stills.	Preview
Kept versions	Whenever Frame Job sees a module's code replaced while the project is open, it keeps the old code, up to the last 10 versions.	File ▸ Restore Graphic Version…
API.md and API.d.ts beside your modules	Frame Job keeps the reference and its TypeScript definitions in graphics/, for an editor or an agent working in the folder.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Reveal in Finder
Rename Graphic	Renames a module, and every clip drawn by it, on the timeline and inside nests, follows the new name.	File ▸ Rename Graphic…
Undo a rename	When a clip uses the module, undo puts the clips and the module's file back under the old name, and redo moves both forward.	Edit ▸ Undo
Delete Graphic	Deletes a module no clip uses, keeping its code so it can be restored.	File ▸ Delete Graphic…
Restore Graphic Version	Puts back the newest kept version of a module's code, deleted modules included.	File ▸ Restore Graphic Version…
Duplicate as New Graphic	Writes a copy of the module under a new name and switches the selected clips to it, so you can change one clip's look alone.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source ▸ Duplicate as New Graphic…
When a rename, delete or restore can't go ahead	These sheets close without a message on success. When Frame Job can't do it, it beeps, gives the reason and leaves the sheet open.	File ▸ Rename Graphic…, Delete Graphic…, Restore Graphic Version…
Show video inside a graphic	Put a graphic on the track directly above a video and make its track a matte, and the video shows only where the graphic draws.	Track ▸ Matte ▸ Alpha
Drawing ahead while playing	While a preview plays forward, Frame Job draws upcoming graphic frames on spare processor cores ahead of the playhead.
Kept frames	A window keeps the graphic frames it has drawn in memory while it is open, so a stretch you play again comes from memory.
The memory budget	Frames drawn ahead and frames kept share one budget, a quarter of your Mac's physical memory, and less when memory is short.
Repeat frames skip the draw	When a frame's SVG matches one already drawn, such as during a hold or in a static graphic, Frame Job reuses that picture.
The picture cache	PNG and JPEG pictures a graphic draws are decoded once and cached, so image-heavy graphics draw faster.
Background render	When you leave Frame Job alone, the window you last played or moved the playhead in draws its graphics ahead of the paused playhead.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Playback ▸ Background render ⌘,
Start after … seconds	How long Frame Job must be left alone before Background render starts, from 1 to 60 seconds, 5 by default.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Playback ▸ Start after … seconds ⌘,
What stops Background render	Any activity in Frame Job stops the pass at once, and it starts again after the same wait.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Playback
Exports keep the code they started with	An export draws each graphic as its module stood when you started or queued it, whatever you edit next.	File ▸ Export… ⌘E
Parallel rendering	An export draws its graphics ahead on worker threads, one fewer than the Mac's active cores.
A broken graphic stops an export starting	An export that would draw a missing module or one that doesn't compile isn't started, and the message names each graphic and its error.	File ▸ Export… ⌘E
A graphic failing mid-export	A graphic that fails partway through stops the export at that frame, names the graphic, and writes no file.	File ▸ Export…
Graphic warnings in an export	Warnings a graphic gives while drawing don't stop the export, and a finished export reports each one with its name and frame.	Exporting sheet
The frozen clock	The clock inside a graphic is frozen, so nothing depends on when it's drawn and an export matches the preview.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Make a graphic with an agent	An agent can read the API, write a module, look at it, add fonts and pictures, place it, change it, animate it and check the frame.
Read the API	graphic_reference returns the whole graphics API as Markdown, for an agent to read once before writing a graphic.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Write a module	write_graphic saves graphics/<name>.js, compiles it and reports the result, so an agent can fix it and write again.
Look at frames on a contact sheet	render_graphic draws a module without placing a clip: up to 16 frames on a PNG contact sheet, each frame's number under it.
One frame's SVG	render_graphic with format svg returns one frame's SVG text, its problems and the ctx it was drawn with.
List and insert graphics	list_graphics lists what the Insert Graphic sheet shows, in its order, and insert_graphic is its Insert.	Insert ▸ Graphic…
Place a graphic clip with an agent	add_graphic_clip places a clip drawn by a module already in graphics/ on a chosen track and time.
Change graphic clips with an agent	set_graphic changes what graphic clips are drawn from: another module, the size, the length or the properties.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties, Size, Timeline
Read a module or the folder	get_graphic reads one module, or with no name lists the whole graphics folder.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Source
Edit the folder with file tools	An agent may also edit the graphics folder with its own file tools, and the app sees the change within a moment.
What undo covers for an agent	File writes in graphics/ are not undo steps and don't mark the project edited, while placing and changing clips are undo steps.
Graphics in render_frame	When a graphic in the frame failed or warned, render_frame names it, its frame and the problem, and a failed one draws its error card.
The Assistant and graphics	The Assistant tab can write, change, place, render, rename, delete, restore, export and import graphics.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
The shape of a module	A graphic is one JavaScript ES module exporting render, with optional meta and schema, and render returns an SVG string for each frame.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
A module's meta	A module's meta gives its name, a new clip's default length and size, and a category and description for the Insert Graphic sheet.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
The ctx argument	render receives ctx with the project's frame rate, the time, the graphic's length and progress, and the sizes.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Resolution-independent drawing	Writing every coordinate against ctx.width and ctx.height lets one graphic draw at any size or shape.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
The schema	A module's schema declares its properties, which become inspector controls and the props render receives.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Property types	A schema entry's type is string, number, boolean, color, enum or asset.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Stored values that don't fit	props always has every schema key, and a stored value that doesn't fit gives a warning: the default is drawn and the frame still draws.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
The SVG the engine draws	Frame Job draws render's SVG with resvg, including text, PNG, JPEG, GIF, WebP and SVG images, and compressed SVGZ.
The sandbox	A graphic runs in a sandbox with no import, eval, Function, Math.random, fetch, files, clock, performance, WebAssembly or Intl.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Modern JavaScript	Modern syntax works in a module, such as template literals, ??, ?., destructuring and replaceAll.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
The time budget	Each frame has 250 ms to draw in the preview and 2 s in an export, so a runaway graphic reports an error instead of hanging.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Size and memory limits	Each module gets 64 MiB of heap and 1 MiB of stack, a graphic is at most 8192 pixels a side, and its SVG at most 8 MiB.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
The graphics reference	Help ▸ Graphics Reference opens the whole graphics API reference in your default Markdown app, with or without a project open.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
svg()	svg(ctx, body, {background}) writes the root element with the right size and viewBox.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
interpolate()	interpolate maps a value through matching input and output ranges.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Easing	Easing gives ready-made curves for interpolate.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
spring()	spring gives a physical spring from one value to another.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
interpolateColors()	interpolateColors blends colours in OKLab, so a blend looks even.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
random()	random(seed) returns a repeatable number from 0 up to, but not including, 1, from a number or string seed.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
noise2D() and noise3D()	noise2D and noise3D give smooth simplex noise for organic motion.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Path helpers	getLength, getPointAtLength and evolvePath measure an SVG path and draw it on.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
measureText()	measureText(text, font) measures text with the same fonts the graphic draws.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
wrapText()	wrapText(text, maxWidth, font) breaks text into lines that fit.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
fitText()	fitText(text, maxWidth, font, {min, max}) returns the largest whole font size at which text fits on one line.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
textLines()	textLines(lines, {x, y, lineHeight, anchor, fill, font}) writes a text element with one tspan per line.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
escapeXml()	escapeXml(s) escapes & < > " ' so a prop is safe to write into markup.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
formatNumber()	formatNumber(n, {decimals, separator}) groups thousands.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
asset()	asset(name) returns the href of a file in graphics/assets/ for an image element.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
Worked examples	The reference ends with six complete modules, each showing a common move, that you can copy into a graphic as written.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference

Vertical and framing

Feature	What it does	Where
What Frame Job finds in the picture	Frame Job finds who and what is in a clip's picture on this Mac with Apple's Vision framework, with nothing uploaded and no key needed.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
People in the picture	Finds each person's head and shoulders as a box, which can stand in for their face while the face can't be found.	View ▸ Show Subjects
No face recognition	Frame Job never puts a name to a face or recognises anyone, and nothing links a box in one sample to a box in the next.
Show Subjects	Draws what has been found for the selected clip at the playhead over the preview.	View ▸ Show Subjects
What the outlines mean	Faces are outlined in yellow, people in teal and salient regions in purple with a dashed line.	View ▸ Show Subjects
The boxes stay on the picture	The boxes sit on the clip's picture wherever it is placed, and follow its speed, speed ramps and reversal.	View ▸ Show Subjects
The Not analyzed note	When nothing has been found for the clip's picture at the playhead, the preview says so at the clip's top-left corner.	View ▸ Show Subjects
Show Subjects is per window	Each window has its own setting, off in a new window and not remembered between launches, and it never changes an export or a saved frame.	View ▸ Show Subjects
Follow Subject	Frames each selected movie clip on its subject with eased moves on its action lane, on the current canvas.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
Follow	Chooses what the frame stays on: Subject, Faces, People, Salient Region or Center.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject… ▸ Follow
Zoom	Sets how tight the frame is, 100 to 400 %.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject… ▸ Zoom
Where Empty	Sets what the frame shows while there's nothing to follow: Show Whole or Center.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject… ▸ Where Empty
Follow Subject's summary	Under the controls, the sheet says what Follow will do before you press it.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
Analysis before framing	Clips not yet analysed get the Analyzing sheet first, while faces, people and shot changes are found on this Mac, then they're framed.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
It starts from the whole picture	Each clip is framed from the whole picture: its own positions and scales are replaced, and its volume, crop and other actions stay.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
How following moves: easing	The frame eases onto the subject and moves only when the subject leaves the middle of the frame, so a speaker who sways stays put.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
How following moves: cuts	The frame cuts with the picture at each shot change, landing on the first frame of the new shot.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
How following moves: a lost subject	When the subject is lost the frame holds for a second, then follows someone else in the shot or eases to your Where Empty choice.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
How following moves: coming back	The frame comes back once a subject has been in view for 0.6 s.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
How following moves: two people	The frame holds two people together when both fit in it.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
The blurred Backgrounds track	Where the frame shows the whole picture, a blurred copy of the clip goes on a new Backgrounds track at the back.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
Every move is an action	Every move is an ordinary action on the clip's action lane: select one and drag the picture on the canvas to nudge where its frame ends.	Action lane
Undo Follow Subject	Edit ▸ Undo Follow Subject takes the whole command back in one step.	Edit ▸ Undo Follow Subject
Screen recordings are skipped	A screen recording with a cursor file isn't followed by faces: it's left unanalysed and listed under the summary with the reason.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
Clips it cannot frame	A selected movie clip that cannot be followed is listed under the summary with the reason, and the others are still framed.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
Make Vertical Version	Makes a tall or square version of a landscape edit, for a phone, a reel or a square post, from the whole timeline in one step.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Shape	Picks 9:16, 4:5 or 1:1, each shown with the size it makes.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Shape
Follow	Chooses what each movie clip follows, as in Follow Subject, with one more choice, Speaker.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow
Zoom	Sets how tight the frame is, 100 to 400 %, where 100 % is the smallest scale at which a picture covers the new canvas.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Zoom
Where Empty	Sets what a followed clip shows while there is nothing to follow, as in Follow Subject.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Where Empty
Make a copy	Opens the vertical version as a new untitled project, leaving this one unchanged; unticked, this project becomes the vertical version.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Make a copy
Make Vertical's summary	Under the controls, the sheet says what Make will do before you press it.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Analysis before making	Movies not yet analysed get the Analyzing sheet first, while faces, people and shot changes are found on this Mac, then the version is made.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Making another shape	What was found is kept in this project's cache and carried into the copy, so making another shape afterwards needs no analysis.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Undo Make Vertical	It's one undo step: in the copy, Edit ▸ Undo Make Vertical gives back the landscape edit; in place, it takes the command back.	Edit ▸ Undo Make Vertical
Keeping a vertical sharp	A vertical canvas shows part of a landscape picture enlarged, so shoot 4K for footage you mean to make vertical.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
How a clip is judged	Each clip with a picture on the top-level timeline is treated by what it is, judged on the old canvas.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Full-frame movies follow their subject	A movie clip that fills the old frame follows what you chose in Follow, with its own moves and actions kept inside the framing.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Screen recordings follow the pointer	A screen recording with its cursor file follows the pointer instead of a face.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Camera layouts are re-laid	Each camera layout switch is made again for the new canvas at the same time, length and curve, Side by Side becoming Stacked on a tall one.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
A layout changed by hand	A camera changed by hand after its switch is kept as placed, with its screen, and the summary says so.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Stills, pictures and nests are centred	A still, picture or nest that fills the frame is centred.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Everything else is kept as placed	Titles, other graphics, shapes, a picture-in-picture and any clip that doesn't fill the frame are moved and scaled to the new canvas.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Blurred copies and background plates	A blurred copy behind a clip is removed when that clip is framed, otherwise re-filled to cover the new canvas, as a background plate is.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Word captions are paged again	Word captions are split into pages again for the narrow frame, keeping every correction, as File ▸ Re-lay Captions for This Canvas does.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Follow Speaker	With Follow on Speaker, a wide shot of two to four people that plays beside their microphones cuts to whoever is talking.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker
Microphones	A checkbox for each track holding a sound file: tick the ones that belong to the people in the shot, two to four.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker ▸ Microphones
Faces	One row per ticked microphone, with a pop-up of the faces Frame Job found in the longest shot it can frame this way.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker ▸ Faces
The automatic match	Frame Job matches each microphone to the face whose mouth moves while it talks, and sets the pop-ups when the match is clear.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker ▸ Faces
Choose a face	When the match isn't clear, each pop-up says Choose a face and you pick each microphone's face yourself.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker ▸ Faces
When Make is offered	Make is offered once two to four microphones are ticked, a shot plays beside two of them and every ticked microphone has a face of its own.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker
The sheet comes back after analysis	With Speaker, the sheet comes back after the analysis with your choices kept, so you can confirm who's on each microphone before Make.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker
Camera Layout	Switches a camera clip and the screen behind it between layouts as they play: move the playhead to the moment and choose one.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
Corner	The camera in a square-cornered box in the corner you choose, showing its whole picture.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Corner ▸
Rounded Corner	The same corner box with rounded corners.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Rounded Corner ▸
Circle	The largest square of the camera picture, cropped to a circle in the corner you choose.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Circle ▸
Side by Side	The screen fitted in the left two-thirds and the camera cropped to fill the right third.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Side by Side
Stacked	The screen across the top and the camera cropped to fill the rest below it.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Stacked
Camera Full	The camera fills the canvas.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Camera Full
Screen Only	The camera is hidden, though its sound carries on, and the screen goes to its full placement.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸ Screen Only
Which clips it uses	The camera and screen are worked out from the selection and the playhead, or the track named Camera when nothing is selected.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
The switch	A switch eases over 0.5 s from the playhead, as a layout action on each clip that you can retime on its action lane.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
How far a layout reaches	A layout holds until the next switch, so a camera cut into pieces stays in the corner.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
When a switch can't be made	A switch that can't be made changes nothing: Frame Job beeps and the foot of the inspector gives the reason.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
The Layout section	With one video clip selected, the Picture sub-tab's Layout section makes the same switch and lets you choose how long it takes.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Layout
Layout	Choose Corner, Side by Side, Stacked, Camera Full or Screen Only.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Layout ▸ Layout
Shape	Choose Square, Rounded or Circle for a corner layout.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Layout ▸ Shape
Corner	Choose which canvas corner the camera sits in.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Layout ▸ Corner
Duration	Sets how long the switch takes, from 0.01 to 10 s, starting at 0.5 s.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Layout ▸ Duration
Switch at Playhead	Does what the menu does, with this clip as the camera and the clip drawing behind it as the screen.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Layout ▸ Switch at Playhead
The crop centred on the person	Circle, Side by Side and Stacked centre the camera's crop on the person when its person masks already exist for every frame it plays.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
A layout meets a zoom	Frame Job won't switch when a clip it would move holds a zoom or another moving action after the playhead.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
Lay out the clips in a nest?	When a nest would let a switch go ahead, a sheet offers to nest those clips first, so the layout moves the nest and the zoom plays inside it.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
Reframe a clip with an agent	An agent fits one clip to the current canvas, say a landscape recording on a 1080 × 1920 canvas, with every framing choice in its hands.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject…
Agent framing: follow a subject	Follows a face; where there is none, a person; where there is neither, a salient region.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject… ▸ Follow ▸ Subject
Agent framing: follow faces, people or salient regions	Follows only faces, only people or only salient regions.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject… ▸ Follow
Agent framing: follow the pointer	Follows a screen recording's recorded pointer, from its media's cursor file.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Agent framing: follow the speaker	Frames a wide shot of two to four people on whoever is talking, each person with a microphone of their own.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker
Agent framing: hold on the centre	Holds the frame on the middle of the picture for the whole clip.	Clip ▸ Follow Subject… ▸ Follow ▸ Center
Agent framing: show the whole picture	Shows the whole picture for the whole clip, scaled to fit the canvas.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Agent framing: lay out camera layouts again	Lays a camera clip's camera layouts, and its screen's, out again on the current canvas.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Agent framing: rescale from an older canvas	Rescales a clip from the canvas it was placed on to the current one, its actions' positions and scales moving with it.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
Agent framing: how tight the frame is	Sets how tight the frame is, from 1 to 4, where 1 is the scale that fills the canvas.
Written as ordinary edits	The framing is written as the clip's position and scale and one action per move, each of which you can change afterwards like any other.	Action lane
Undo Reframe Clip	Edit ▸ Undo Reframe Clip takes the whole framing back in one step.	Edit ▸ Undo Reframe Clip
A clip that already has actions	A clip keeps the actions it has: a zoom or pan still happens inside the new framing, and a volume or speed action does what it did.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
A shot change inside an action	A shot change inside an action cuts it in three, so a steady volume change sounds as it did and an eased one eases again on each side.
Agent framing: start from the whole picture	An agent can replace the clip's own moves: every position and scale its actions set is removed first, then the clip is framed.
Agent framing: a blurred copy behind	An agent can name a track behind the clip, and a blurred copy goes there where the framing shows the whole picture.	Clip ▸ Add Blurred Background
Agent framing: waiting for analysis	If the part of the file a clip plays hasn't been analysed, it's analysed first, and the agent waits up to a minute.
When an agent can't frame a clip	A clip that can't be framed is left as it was, and the agent is told why.

Multicam

Feature	What it does	Where
Multicam on ordinary tracks	A show filmed with several cameras is cut as ordinary clips on ordinary tracks, one track per camera, with no special multicam clip.	Timeline tracks
One camera per track, lined up in time	Put each camera's recording on a track of its own and line them up in time.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
Camera names come from track names	Name each track after its camera, because the track names are what Switch Angle and the Switch by Speaker sheet list.	Double-click the track's header
The program track	Paste a camera's clip onto a new track in front of the others and split it into shots, or let Switch by Speaker write it.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Camera tracks can stay shown or be hidden	The camera tracks stay underneath the program, shown or hidden, and they still work as angles either way.	The hide switch in the track header, or Hide Video in its right-click menu
Choosing the microphones	Select separate microphone files with the cameras and they're the microphones; with none, each camera with sound is its own.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Microphone pop-ups
Switch by Speaker	Cuts a whole program track from a conversation by listening to each microphone and showing whoever is talking.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
Synchronize Audio first	Switch by Speaker trusts where the clips sit, so the recordings must be in sync before you run it.	Clip ▸ Synchronize Audio
When Switch by Speaker is available	The item is available when the selection holds pictures on two or more tracks and a clip with its sound on.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
Speaker rows	One row per person pairs that person's microphone with the camera that shows them.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Speaker rows
The range it cuts	The cut covers the In–Out range when one is set, otherwise the selected camera clips' whole length.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
The summary line	The line under the controls says what Switch will do, or every reason it can't go ahead.	Switch by Speaker sheet, summary under the controls
A camera linked to its detached sound	A camera clip linked to its detached sound stops the cut if it crosses the range, and the sheet names the clip.	Switch by Speaker sheet
One undo step	Pressing Switch applies the whole cut as a single undo step named Switch by Speaker.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Switch
The new Program track	Switch adds a track named Program in front of the cameras, with a silent piece of the chosen camera for each shot.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Switch
Camera tracks hidden after switching	Switch hides the camera tracks so only the program shows; a track with other material stays, its pictures off in the range.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Switch
What stays untouched	Nothing outside the range changes and the microphones aren't edited, so you hear the same sound unless you mute the cameras.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Switch
Wide	Your wide shot: it opens the cut and shows during crosstalk, long monologues and gaps in another camera.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Wide
Minimum shot	Sets the shortest shot, from 0.5 to 30 s; a shorter one merges into a neighbour that covers it.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Minimum shot
Cut before speech	Sets how long before a new speaker's first word the cut comes.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Cut
Late cuts under heavy bleed	With heavy bleed in a noisy room a cut can land later than Cut before speech asks.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Cut
Crosstalk shows	Chooses what is shown while two people talk at once for a second or more.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Crosstalk
Ignore bleed	Sets how far below a microphone's own speaker a voice must be to count as bleed, never as that person talking.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Ignore bleed
Cut to the wide after	Breaks up a long monologue with the wide for one minimum shot.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Cut to the wide after
Mute the cameras' own sound	Switches the cameras' scratch sound off inside the range.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Mute the cameras' own sound
Write to	Writes the new cut over an earlier Program track instead of adding another track.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Write to
Remembered values	Minimum shot, Cut, Crosstalk and Ignore bleed are kept for next time when you change one and press Switch.	Switch by Speaker sheet
One microphone for everyone	With one shared microphone, Switch by Speaker decides who talks from the cameras' pictures.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
The Analyzing sheet for faces	When a camera's faces have not been found yet, an Analyzing sheet finds them on this Mac before the Switch by Speaker sheet opens.	Analyzing sheet, then the Switch by Speaker sheet
The one-microphone sheet	For one shared microphone the sheet has one Microphone pop-up and lists the Cameras.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Microphone, Cameras
Wide in the one-microphone form	Choose a Wide to show it during crosstalk; that camera then takes no part in deciding who talks.	Switch by Speaker sheet ▸ Wide
Faces only guess	The summary warns that faces only guess who is talking, so look through the result.	Switch by Speaker sheet, summary
Switch Angle	Replaces one shot with another camera's picture, to fix a single cut or pick shots by hand.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
The camera list	The submenu lists, front first, up to nine other tracks whose video clips cover the shot's whole span.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
Tracks with the same name	Two listed tracks with the same name are told apart by their position from the back.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
No Covering Angle	The submenu holds one greyed item when there is nothing to switch to.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸ No Covering Angle
Greyed camera items	Cameras are listed but greyed when the shot's track is locked, the shot is linked to detached sound, or a sheet is open.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
The shot is replaced in sync	The new clip sits on the shot's own track, over the same span, and shows the camera's own frame at every moment.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
A camera that stopped and started	A shot crossing the end of one camera clip and the start of the next becomes two pieces, one from each file.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
Overlapping camera clips	Where two of a camera's clips overlap, the later one takes over at its own start.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
What a switched shot keeps	The shot keeps its span, whether its picture and sound are on, and the transitions at both of its edges.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
What a switched shot loses	A punch-in, a grade or an action on the old shot isn't copied; the new piece has the camera clip's settings.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
Undo and selection	The whole switch is one undo step, Switch Angle, and the new pieces are selected afterwards.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
A transition that no longer fits	A transition the camera's piece is too short for is dropped, leaving a plain cut, and the undo step says so.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
When a switch fails	When a switch can't be done nothing changes, and Frame Job beeps and says why at the foot of the inspector.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
Copy pieces of a clip to another track (agents)	An agent can copy parts of a clip onto another track at the same times, so a piece of a synced camera stays in sync.	MCP tool copy_pieces
Shortest turn that cuts (agents)	An agent can set the shortest turn that cuts, from 0.2 to 10 s, a value the sheet doesn't show.	MCP tool switch_by_speaker
How far a microphone must lead (agents)	An agent can set how far one active microphone must lead the others to count alone, a value the sheet doesn't show.	MCP tool switch_by_speaker
Preview a cut without editing (agents)	With apply: false, an agent sees the shots and how many edits and clips they'd make, and nothing in the project moves.	MCP tool switch_by_speaker
Check which mode ran (agents)	Every result says whether microphones or faces decided, and with faces a note warns that the cuts are a guess.	MCP tool switch_by_speaker
Waiting for faces (agents)	Where the sheet would show Analyzing, an agent's call waits up to 60 seconds for faces, then stops and keeps what it found.	MCP tool switch_by_speaker
When Switch by Speaker won't run (agents)	A call that can't run changes nothing, and most reasons are named together so they can be fixed in one go.	MCP tool switch_by_speaker

Recording

Feature	What it does	Where
The New Recording panel	One floating panel holds every recording choice: a display, a window, a camera or the microphone, straight into a project.	File ▸ New Recording… ⌥⌘N
The panel floats without taking focus	The panel stays above other windows and can be clicked while the app you are about to record stays in front.	New Recording panel
Return and Esc in the panel	Return presses Record and Esc presses Close, when the panel has keyboard focus.	New Recording panel Return Esc
The panel stays on screen as it grows	The panel pushes itself back onto its display when the countdown or a note makes it taller, so Cancel never ends up under the Dock.	New Recording panel
Choose what to record (Source)	Chooses what to record: one row per connected display by name, then Window…, Camera and Microphone Only.	New Recording panel ▸ Source
The panel's defaults	Until you change it, the panel records the main display at 60 fps and Nominal size, with System Audio on and no microphone.	New Recording panel
Controls grey out to fit the source	Rows that do not apply to the chosen source grey out and keep their values, so nothing jumps.	New Recording panel
The size note	A line under Size says what you will get for the chosen source.	New Recording panel ▸ Size
The panel's footnote	The text at the bottom left shows where recordings are saved, or the elapsed time during a camera recording or voice-over.	New Recording panel ▸ footnote
The panel remembers your choices	The panel reopens with your last display, devices, switches, rate, size and boxes, between launches.	New Recording panel
Choose where it lands (Record Into)	Chooses where the recording lands: New Project, or any open project by name.	New Recording panel ▸ Record Into
Record with an agent	An agent can record for 1 to 600 seconds with record_screen, with no panel and no countdown.
Record a display	Choose a display by name in Source to record the whole of it.	New Recording panel ▸ Source Needs screen recording permission
Include Frame Job windows	Puts Frame Job's own editor and preview windows into a display recording, and into the window picker's list.	New Recording panel ▸ Include Frame Job windows Needs screen recording permission
Recording frame rate (Rate)	Sets the most frames per second the file may hold, 30 or 60 fps, and the frame rate of a new project made from the recording.	New Recording panel ▸ Rate
Recording size (Size)	Records at the display's point size, Nominal (points), or at every pixel, Best (pixels), which is twice the points on a Retina display.	New Recording panel ▸ Size
The panel hides while it records	The panel leaves the screen once a display or window recording starts, so it isn't in the picture, and the menu-bar item takes over.	New Recording panel
Record a window	Choose Window… and pick a window with macOS's picker: the recording is that window alone, at its own size.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Window… Needs screen recording permission
Which windows the picker lists	With Include Frame Job windows off the picker lists none of Frame Job's windows; with it on it lists them, but never the recorder panel.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Window…
Record needs a picked window	Pressing Record on Window… with nothing picked says so and starts no countdown, rather than recording the wrong thing.	New Recording panel ▸ Record
Record a camera on its own	With Source set to Camera, Frame Job records the chosen camera at the chosen format's highest frame rate, with no screen.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Camera Needs camera permission
Choose a camera	Chooses which connected camera to record, listing each by name.	New Recording panel ▸ Camera
Camera format	Chooses the size and frame rate the camera records at, with Best first.	New Recording panel ▸ Format
The best format	Best is the largest format wider than tall that reaches 30 fps or more, at that format's highest rate.	New Recording panel ▸ Format ▸ Best
Live camera preview	A live picture under Format shows the chosen camera at the chosen format, as the movie will record it.	New Recording panel ▸ under Format Needs camera permission
The camera's warm-up	The camera starts as soon as the panel shows it, and a cold camera gets up to a second to settle, so the recording starts steady.	New Recording panel Needs camera permission
The panel stays up while a camera records	The panel stays up while a camera records, with the meter live, the time in the footnote, and Stop and Pause or Resume buttons.	New Recording panel ▸ Stop
Where a camera recording lands	The movie lands on the front track if it fits, else a new front track, with any microphone on a new back track named Microphone.	New Recording panel
Record the camera too	With a display or Window… as the source, also records the chosen camera beside the screen, for a talking head over a screencast.	New Recording panel ▸ Record the camera too Needs screen recording permission, camera permission
Camera layout	Chooses how the camera lands beside the screen: Corner, Rounded Corner, Circle, Side by Side or Camera Full.	New Recording panel ▸ Layout
How far a landed layout reaches	The layout starts at the camera clip's first frame and ends with that stretch's screen or camera clip, whichever is later.	New Recording panel ▸ Layout
Remove the camera's background when it lands	Runs Clip ▸ Remove Background on the camera's clips as soon as they land, as its own undo step.	New Recording panel ▸ Remove the camera's background when it lands
The Camera track	Each stretch's camera movie goes on one new track named Camera, in front of everything, lined up with its screen clip.	New Recording panel ▸ Record the camera too
Camera clips stay ordinary clips	Each camera clip can be moved or given another layout afterwards, with Clip ▸ Camera Layout.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
Record a voice-over	Choose Microphone Only to record narration with no picture, from the playhead.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Microphone Only Needs microphone permission
The panel stays up during a voice-over	The panel stays up with the meter live, the time in the footnote, and Stop and Pause or Resume buttons.	New Recording panel
Where a voice-over lands	Each stretch's file lands end to end from the playhead on one new back track named Microphone, as one Add Recording undo step.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Microphone Only Needs microphone permission
Record what your Mac plays (System Audio)	Records what the Mac plays, from every app but Frame Job, as the movie's own stereo 48 kHz sound track.	New Recording panel ▸ System Audio Needs screen recording permission
Frame Job's own sound is never recorded	System audio leaves out Frame Job, so you can play the timeline during a recording and its sound will not be in the file.	New Recording panel ▸ System Audio
Record your voice (Microphone)	Picks Off or a connected microphone to record beside the picture, into a second file and never into the movie.	New Recording panel ▸ Microphone Needs microphone permission
The recorder's level meter	A meter beside Microphone shows your level from the countdown on, so the 3, 2, 1 is your chance to check it.	New Recording panel ▸ Microphone Needs microphone permission
Your first words are kept	The microphone starts during the countdown, so the recording's first words are in the file.	New Recording panel
The microphone stays separate and aligned	The microphone file lands on one new back track named Microphone, lined up with the picture, so you can set each level on its own.	New Recording panel
Devices plugged in and removed	The Camera, Format and Microphone popups follow devices you plug in or remove, whenever the panel is idle.	New Recording panel
The three-second countdown	Pressing Record checks permissions, then counts 3, 2, 1 in the panel; you can cancel it.	New Recording panel ▸ Record
The Record button's states	The panel's main button reads Record, Cancel, Starting…, Stop, Stopping… and Adding… as the recording moves along.	New Recording panel
A start that fails or is abandoned	A recording that hasn't started within 20 seconds fails with a note instead of hanging, and you can stop while the button reads Starting…	New Recording panel ▸ Starting…
One recording at a time	Press Record while another recording runs or is paused, even an agent's, and after the countdown the panel says one is in progress.	New Recording panel ▸ Record
Pause and Resume	Pause a running recording and carry on later, from the menu-bar item, the File menu, or the panel for a camera or voice-over.	File ▸ Pause Recording
Stop Recording	Stops a running or paused recording and adds it to your project; while one runs, File ▸ New Recording… reads Stop Recording.	File ▸ Stop Recording ⌥⌘N
The Welcome window during a recording	The Welcome window's New Recording… never stops a recording: it beeps during your screen recording, otherwise it shows the panel.	Welcome window ▸ New Recording…
Stop from macOS's indicator	Stopping from macOS's own screen-recording indicator ends the recording and still adds it, with a note.	macOS menu-bar indicator
Paused recordings are stretches	A pause ends the current file and a resume starts a new one, so each stretch of the recording has its own set of files.	Menu-bar item ▸ Pause Recording
A recording carries on if the panel closes	Closing the panel during a camera recording or voice-over leaves it running, under the menu-bar item and File ▸ Stop Recording.	New Recording panel ▸ Close
Quit is held during a recording	Choosing Quit during a recording does not quit: it puts the recording's controls in front of you.	Frame Job ▸ Quit Frame Job ⌘Q
Stop an agent's recording	You can pause or stop an agent's recording from the same menu-bar item or the File menu, and what was recorded still lands.	Menu-bar item
The recording menu-bar item	While a recording runs the menu bar shows a coral ● and the elapsed time, and ❚❚ with the time held still while paused.	Menu-bar item
Pause, Resume and Stop from the menu bar	The item's menu offers Pause Recording and Stop Recording, or Resume Recording and Stop Recording while paused.	Menu-bar item
The keyboard mark	While a recording records shortcuts, a ⌨︎ mark follows the ● or ❚❚ and the menu starts with a greyed-out Recording keyboard shortcuts row.	Menu-bar item
A fixed width	The item is sized once, so other menu-bar items don't shift as the seconds go by or at a pause.	Menu-bar item
If macOS hides the item	macOS may drop the item from a crowded menu bar or behind the notch; File ▸ Stop Recording and Pause Recording still work.	File ▸ Stop Recording
Landing in an open project	A finished recording goes in at the chosen project's playhead as ordinary media, inside a nest if one is open.	New Recording panel ▸ Record Into
Stretches land touching on one track	A paused recording lands one clip per stretch, back to back on one track, never overlapping and never joined by a transition.	New Recording panel
Landed clips are selected	Every landed clip, microphone and camera included, is selected after the recording lands.	New Recording panel
One undo removes a landed recording	Everything landed in an open project is one undo step, Add Recording, which removes the clips and media and leaves the files on disk.	Edit ▸ Undo Add Recording
Landing as a new project	With New Project chosen, the recording opens as a new untitled project named after its file, at the movie's size and your Rate.	New Recording panel ▸ Record Into ▸ New Project
Landing waits for a drag	If you are dragging in the timeline when a recording ends, the landing waits for the drag, up to 20 seconds.	New Recording panel
The chosen project closed	If the project you chose closes while recording, the recording opens as a new project and the note says so.	New Recording panel note
When the panel comes back	The panel returns on its own, with a note, only if it was on screen when recording began and there's something to report.	New Recording panel note ⌥⌘N
Enhance the microphone when it lands	Runs Enhance Voice on the recording's microphone clips once they have landed and been analysed, as its own undo step.	New Recording panel ▸ Enhance the microphone when it lands Needs microphone permission
Zoom in on clicks	After the recording lands, runs Auto Zoom on its screen clips.	New Recording panel ▸ When it lands ▸ Zoom in on clicks
Show shortcuts	After the recording lands, runs Add Shortcut Overlays on its screen clips, at the bottom in the dark theme.	New Recording panel ▸ When it lands ▸ Show shortcuts Needs input monitoring permission
Speed up typing	After the recording lands and its speech is detected, runs Speed Up Typing on its screen clips with the sheet's last values.	New Recording panel ▸ When it lands ▸ Speed up typing Needs input monitoring permission
The fixed order	Remove Background, Enhance Voice, Auto Zoom, Add Shortcut Overlays and Speed Up Typing run in that order, each its own undo step.	New Recording panel ▸ When it lands
Problems show at the inspector's foot	If a landing step cannot run, the inspector's foot says why, with no beep and no sheet; a step with nothing to do stays quiet.	Inspector foot
The Recordings folder	Recordings are saved in ~/Movies/Frame Job Recordings, created the first time it is needed, and never inside the project package.	New Recording panel ▸ footnote
Dated names and collisions	Files are named by date and time, such as Screen Recording 2026-09-10 at 14.03.22.mov, and (2), (3) and so on are added if a name is taken.
The screen movie	A screen recording is a QuickTime .mov in HEVC where your Mac offers it, else H.264, with system audio as one stereo 48 kHz track.	File ▸ New Recording… Needs screen recording permission
The microphone file	The microphone is written beside the movie as <movie name> (Microphone).m4a, an AAC file kept apart from the system sound.	New Recording panel ▸ Microphone Needs microphone permission
Voice-over files	A voice-over is an AAC file named Voice-over <date> at <time>.m4a, one file per stretch between pauses.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Microphone Only Needs microphone permission
Camera files	A camera recording is a QuickTime .mov at the camera's format, in HEVC where that size allows it, else H.264, with no sound of its own.	New Recording panel ▸ Source ▸ Camera Needs camera permission
Variable frame rate from a still screen	macOS delivers frames only when the screen changes, so a mostly still screen's file has a low, fractional frame rate; Rate is its maximum.	New Recording panel ▸ Rate
Cursor: Separate or In the picture	Separate keeps the pointer out of the movie so Frame Job draws it and you can restyle it; In the picture has macOS draw it in for good.	New Recording panel ▸ Cursor
Show Clicks	Shows each mouse click: with In the picture a ring is drawn into the movie, and with Separate the screen clips land with click ripples on.	New Recording panel ▸ Show Clicks Needs screen recording permission
What a Separate recording lands with	The clip gets a Cursor section with the pointer drawn; with Show Clicks too, Clicks is Ripple in the same undo step.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
What an In the picture recording lands with	The pointer is in the movie, the cursor file says so, and the clip shows no Cursor section, so nothing is drawn twice.
The Cursor section	A recording's clip gets a Cursor section, after Background, to restyle the pointer Frame Job draws, unless the pointer is in the movie.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
Show or hide the pointer (Show cursor)	Turns the drawn pointer on or off for the clip.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Show cursor
Pointer size	Scales the drawn pointer, 25–800 %.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Size
Pointer style	Offers As recorded and Arrow, but both draw Frame Job's arrow; the only difference you'll see is the section's header.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Style
Frame Job's arrow	A black arrow with a white outline, 14 by 21 points at 100 %, redrawn for each Size so it stays crisp.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Style
Pointer smoothing	Calms a shaky pointer path: Off, Light, Medium or Strong.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Smoothing
Hide when idle	Fades the pointer out after a set time with no movement or click, and brings it back 0.15 s before it next moves.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Hide when idle
Click ripples (Clicks)	Draws a ring growing out of every click: None or Ripple.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Clicks
Ripple color	Sets the ring's colour, with opacity.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Ripple color
Ripple size	Sets how big the ring grows, 25–400 %.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Ripple size
Tidy the pointer in one click (Polish)	One button sets Smoothing to Medium and Hide when idle to 3 s.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Polish
Reset the pointer's settings	Puts every row of the clip's cursor settings back to its default.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor ▸ Reset
Cursor settings through actions	With an action selected, Size and Ripple size animate across it, while Show cursor, Style, Clicks and Ripple color switch at its end.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
Paste Attributes carries the cursor	Paste Attributes copies a clip's cursor settings to another clip with the rest of its picture settings.	Edit ▸ Paste Attributes ⌥⌘V
Motion blur on the pointer	With the clip's Motion Blur above 0, a moving pointer is streaked along its path across the shutter, even when the clip itself stands still.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Motion Blur
The pointer is part of its clip	The pointer is drawn inside its clip's layer, so it follows the clip's zooms, placement, crop and grade, in the preview, frames and exports.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
The cursor loads in the background	A cursor file loads without blocking the preview: the frame draws without it until ready, then redraws.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
The pointer on a reversed clip	A reversed clip plays its pointer reversed too.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
The cursor file	Each screen recording keeps a .fjcursor file beside its movie, holding the pointer's path, every click and scroll, and any shortcuts.	Needs screen recording permission
Cursor files found on import	Importing a movie picks up a same-named .fjcursor beside it, if that's a cursor file made for a movie of exactly this size.	File ▸ Add Media…
Cursor files after a relink	Relinking takes the cursor file beside the new movie, else keeps the existing one if it is still there and the new movie is the same size.	Media tab ▸ right-click a row ▸ Relink…
The Media tab's Cursor section	Selecting a video in the Media tab names its cursor file, or says it is missing or absent.	Media tab ▸ Cursor
Attach a cursor file (Locate…)	Attaches or re-points a .fjcursor file for the selected video.	Media tab ▸ Cursor ▸ Locate…
Forget a cursor file (Remove)	Forgets the selected video's cursor file; the file itself stays on disk.	Media tab ▸ Cursor ▸ Remove
Cursor problems never fail a recording or export	If a cursor file can't be written or drawn, the recording still lands and the export still finishes, and Frame Job says what's missing.	New Recording panel note
Read cursor events with an agent	An agent can read a recording's clicks, scrolls, shortcuts, typing stretches and, if asked, the pointer's path, with get_cursor_events.
Record shortcuts	With a display or window source, notes each keyboard shortcut you press and when you type, never what you type, in the cursor files.	New Recording panel ▸ Record shortcuts Needs input monitoring permission
What counts as a shortcut	A shortcut is any key pressed with ⌘ or ⌃, or ⌥ with an arrow, Delete, Forward Delete, Return, Enter, Tab or Esc.	New Recording panel ▸ Record shortcuts Needs input monitoring permission
Typed text is never recorded	Every other key press, and every key held until it repeats, is stored only as a moment in time, never which key.	New Recording panel ▸ Record shortcuts Needs input monitoring permission
Nothing is recorded during secure input	Nothing is recorded while any app holds secure input, such as a password field, not even a typing mark.
Auto Zoom	Zooms a screen recording in where things happen, from its cursor file: in at each click, holding while you work, out when you stop.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
How far Auto Zoom goes in	How far in, as a multiple of the clip's own size, from 1.25 to 4×.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Zoom
How long a zoom takes (Arrive)	How long the zoom takes: it starts this long before the click and is fully in on the click.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Arrive
How long a zoom holds (Stay)	How long the zoom holds after the last click or typing.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Stay
Follow the cursor while zoomed	Pans along when the pointer stays near the edge of the zoomed view.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Follow the cursor while zoomed
Zoom on typing	Also zooms on stretches of typing, aimed at the last click before them.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Zoom on typing Needs input monitoring permission
Replace existing zooms	Removes the clips' existing zooms first; off keeps your own.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Replace existing zooms
Motion blur on zooms	Gives each zoomed clip a 50 % motion blur (a 180° shutter), in the same step, so zooms and pans blur along their movement.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom… ▸ Motion blur
Auto Zoom's live summary	A line under the controls says what Zoom would do, or why it can't, and updates as you change them.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
Auto Zoom remembers its settings	Zoom, Arrive, Stay, Follow, Replace and Motion blur are kept for next time, if you changed them and chose Zoom.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
How a visit is planned	Clicks and typing are grouped into visits: a zoom-in, a pan to each later click outside the middle 60 % of the view, and a 0.8 s zoom back.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
Zooms are ordinary actions	Each planned zoom is a normal action on the action lane that you can move, retime, change or delete.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
Auto Zoom across a split	The halves of a split clip are planned as one recording, and every zoom out returns to the first half's placement.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
What stops Auto Zoom	Auto Zoom won't plan a reversed clip, a clip with no picture, one placed smaller than the canvas, or one whose cursor file is missing.	Clip ▸ Auto Zoom…
Add Shortcut Overlays	Shows each shortcut you pressed while recording as animated keycaps at that moment, one graphic clip each, in one undo step.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays Needs input monitoring permission
Overlays follow the clip's timing	An overlay starts on the frame where its press plays, following the clip's speed and any ramp; a trimmed-away shortcut gets none.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
Overlay duration	Each overlay lasts 1.5 s, and never less than the keycaps need to press in turn and fade out.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
Repeats are counted	Pressing the same shortcut again before its overlay ends keeps it up 1.5 s past the last press, labelled ×2, ×3 and so on.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
Shortcuts pressed close together	A new shortcut takes over once the first has had its minimum; one more than half a second late is left out, and a sheet says so.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
The Shortcuts track	Overlays go on the front-most track named Shortcuts when it is usable, otherwise on a new Shortcuts track at the front.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
The Keyboard keys template	Overlays are drawn by the project's copy of the bundled Keyboard keys template, written the first time something is placed and reused after.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
What the overlay sheet tells you	A sheet says when no shortcut was found, some came too close to show, a clip or cursor file can't be used, or the project changed.	Clip ▸ Add Shortcut Overlays
Speed Up Typing	Plays the typing in a screen recording faster, reading it from the cursor file, where nobody speaks and no shortcut shows, in one undo step.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing… Needs input monitoring permission
What a typing stretch is	A typing stretch is at least 3 typed keys, each less than 1 s after the last.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
How much faster typing plays (Rate)	How much faster the typing plays, from ×2 to ×8.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing… ▸ Rate
Shortest stretch	Typing shorter than this is left alone, from 1 to 30 s.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing… ▸ Shortest stretch
Keep pitch on sped-up typing	Keeps the sped-up sound at its own pitch; off, it rises like a fast tape.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing… ▸ Keep pitch
Speed Up Typing's live summary	The sheet says what Apply would do before you press it, or why nothing would change.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Speed Up Typing remembers its settings	Rate, Shortest stretch and Keep pitch are kept for next time, if you changed them and chose Apply.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Speech stays at normal speed	Any part of a stretch with speech under it, on any track, stays at normal speed, using on-device speech detection saved with the project.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Shortcuts stay at normal speed	A recorded shortcut and its overlay are never sped up, so add the overlays first.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Clean edges	Each sped stretch keeps 0.3 s at normal speed at both ends.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Typing across a split recording	The halves of a split recording are treated as one when you select both and they touch, so typing across the cut is one stretch.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Everything stays in step	Each stretch is sped with Retime Range on every unlocked track, so camera and microphone stay in sync and everything after moves up.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Asked before a clip goes silent	If speeding would take a clip with sound past ×12, where its sound is left out, an alert asks first; Cancel leaves the sheet open.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
When Speed Up Typing can't run	It's all or nothing: if any stretch can't be sped, nothing changes, and the sheet names the stretch and the reason.	Clip ▸ Speed Up Typing…
Asked only when you press Record	Frame Job asks for macOS permissions only when you press Record in the panel, never during a countdown or from an agent's tool.	New Recording panel ▸ Record
The order of the permission checks	Record checks Screen Recording, then Input Monitoring, then Camera, then Microphone, all before the countdown.	New Recording panel ▸ Record
Screen Recording permission	The first press of Record shows macOS's prompt; later presses open System Settings at the right pane, with a note saying to relaunch.	System Settings ▸ Privacy & Security ▸ Screen & System Audio Recording Needs screen recording permission
Microphone permission	Asked only when a microphone is chosen: the countdown starts as soon as you allow it, and a prior denial opens the Microphone pane.	System Settings ▸ Privacy & Security ▸ Microphone Needs microphone permission
Camera permission	Asked only with Source Camera or Record the camera too, after Screen Recording and before the microphone.	System Settings ▸ Privacy & Security ▸ Camera Needs camera permission
Input Monitoring permission	Record shortcuts needs Input Monitoring, which shows no prompt, so pressing Record opens the pane and tells you to add Frame Job with +.	System Settings ▸ Privacy & Security ▸ Input Monitoring Needs input monitoring permission
Starting Frame Job from a terminal	A Frame Job started from a terminal or another app runs under that app's permissions, and the note names the process that launched it.	New Recording panel note
macOS's recurring alert	macOS periodically asks whether to keep letting Frame Job record; if the panel stays on Starting…, look for that alert.
The panel steps aside	While a macOS prompt or System Settings is up, the panel stops floating so it doesn't cover them.	New Recording panel
A camera that stops	If the camera stops, a camera recording ends and lands what was captured; beside a screen, the screen keeps recording.	New Recording panel note
A microphone that stops	A microphone that stops doesn't end the recording: the picture keeps going, the meter goes silent and a note says so.	New Recording panel note
A voice-over whose microphone stops	If the microphone stops on its own, the voice-over ends there and what was recorded lands with a note.	New Recording panel note
A sleeping display or the system	If the display sleeps or goes away, or the system stops the recording, what was captured is added, with a note.	New Recording panel note
A locked screen	If the screen is locked or every display is asleep, a screen recording can't start until one wakes.
When Resume fails	If Resume fails the recording stays paused and the panel's note carries the reason, so you can retry, or stop and land what you have.	Menu-bar item ▸ Resume Recording
Unreadable stretches are left out	A stretch whose movie will not read is left out and named in the note, and the readable stretches land.	New Recording panel note
A left-out stretch's voice still lands	If a left-out stretch's microphone file reads, it lands without its picture, in the slot the picture would have had.	New Recording panel note
A file too short for one frame	A file too short for one frame lands in the Media tab with a note, and the rest of the recording lands as usual.	New Recording panel note
A failed landing names the files	If a recording cannot be added, the note names every saved file so nothing is lost.	New Recording panel note
Very long recordings	A recording longer than 9:59:59 shows a label wider than the menu-bar item was sized for.	Menu-bar item

Export

Feature	What it does	Where
The export sheet	One sheet exports the timeline as a movie, an audio file or an animated image, and shows what the file will be before anything is written.	File ▸ Export… ⌘E
Controls a format cannot use	A control the chosen format can't use is greyed out rather than hidden, so it never affects the file.	Export sheet
The readout line	A line under the controls states the size, frame rate and duration the file will actually have.	Export sheet ▸ readout
The footnote	A small line under the readout names the file's codec and container, plus any rates, stems or loudness target you chose.	Export sheet ▸ footnote
Estimated export time	AV1 and VP9 exports show a second readout line estimating how long the export will take.	Export sheet ▸ readout
The remembered last choice	The sheet reopens on the last choices you exported with, in every document.	File ▸ Export…
Cancel, Export… and Add to Queue	The sheet ends in three buttons: close it, write the file now, or queue it and keep editing.	Export sheet
The fifteen formats	The Format popup offers fifteen encodings, each a container and a codec together.	Export sheet ▸ Format
Sound in each format	Every file with sound is stereo at 48 kHz, in AAC, Opus or LPCM depending on the format.	Export sheet ▸ Format
Changing the format	Changing the format rebuilds the Size list and returns it to that format's default, and leaves your other choices alone.	Export sheet ▸ Format
Software and hardware encoders	AV1 and VP9 are encoded in software and take longer than the HEVC formats, which use the Mac's hardware encoder.	Export sheet ▸ Format
A Mac with no encoder for a format	A Mac with no encoder for a format reports it and leaves no file.	Exporting sheet
H.264 (MP4)	The default export: H.264 video in an MP4 that every player and upload form takes.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ H.264 (MP4)
HEVC (MP4)	HEVC video in an MP4: a smaller file at the same picture, though not yet accepted everywhere.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ HEVC (MP4)
HEVC 10-bit (MP4)	HEVC Main 10 in an MP4, so a 10-bit source keeps its gradients in a delivery file.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ HEVC 10-bit (MP4)
HEVC with Alpha (MOV)	A small 8-bit delivery movie that keeps a transparent canvas, for Safari, QuickTime and Apple's apps.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ HEVC with Alpha (MOV)
Fast start for delivery files	MP4 and M4A files are written with their index at the front, so a player can start before the whole file has downloaded.
ProRes 422 (MOV)	A 10-bit editing master for another application, at ProRes's fixed profile rate.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ ProRes 422 (MOV)
ProRes 4444 (MOV)	A 12-bit master that keeps the alpha channel, for a title or lower third another application will composite.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ ProRes 4444 (MOV)
AV1 (MP4)	AV1 video and AAC sound in an MP4, always 10-bit, aiming for HEVC's picture or better at the same rate.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ AV1 (MP4)
AV1 (WebM)	The same AV1 picture in a WebM file with Opus sound, for the web.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ AV1 (WebM)
VP9 (WebM)	VP9 video and Opus sound in a WebM file, for a web page, encoded by the VP9 encoder built into Frame Job.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ VP9 (WebM)
VP9 with Alpha (WebM)	VP9 (WebM) that keeps a transparent canvas, for a title or lower third a web page plays over its own background in Chrome or Firefox.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ VP9 with Alpha (WebM)
The rate as a soft cap	On AV1 and VP9 the rate is a soft cap: a constant quality chosen to match HEVC at that rate, so the file usually stays under it.	Export sheet ▸ Quality
AV1 on M1 and M2 Macs	On M1 and M2 Macs neither Frame Job nor QuickTime can play an AV1 file, and Frame Job can't import one, though it can still export it.
Animated GIF	A short, silent, looping GIF sized to be sendable.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ Animated GIF
Animated PNG	A lossless, silent, looping true-colour animation with real transparency.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ Animated PNG
The 600-frame limit	An animated GIF or APNG holds at most 600 frames, and a longer range shows a sentence in the readout and greys out Export… and Add to Queue.	Export sheet ▸ readout
Fitting inside the size	GIF and APNG list their own cap first and fit the picture inside the chosen size, keeping its shape and never enlarging it.	Export sheet ▸ Size
Audio only (M4A)	Writes the timeline's sound with no picture as a compressed AAC file, the smallest to send.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ Audio only (M4A)
Audio only (WAV)	Writes the mix as uncompressed sound, for a mastering engineer or a DAW.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ Audio only (WAV)
Audio only (AIFF)	Writes the same samples as WAV in an AIFF file.	Export sheet ▸ Format ▸ Audio only (AIFF)
The 48 kHz stereo master	Every export with sound works on the mix as 48 kHz stereo 32-bit float and rounds it once at the very end.
Controls for audio-only exports	Audio-only formats grey out Size, Frame rate, Speed and Burn in timecode, because there's no picture.	Export sheet
The Size popup	Export at the document's size, or at a standard size named by its short edge.	Export sheet ▸ Size
Custom size	Type a width and height for the export, from 16 to 8192 pixels each.	Export sheet ▸ Size ▸ Custom…
Repeated rows hidden	A row with the same numbers as an earlier row is hidden, so one size shows once under the name that says more.	Export sheet ▸ Size
Larger than the document	Sizes larger than the document are offered, so a 720p recording can be exported at 4K.	Export sheet ▸ Size
Even-dimension rounding	Formats that need even dimensions write an odd width or height one pixel smaller, and report the real size.	Export sheet ▸ Size
Letterboxing to a different shape	A custom size of a different shape from the canvas is letterboxed with black, except in the formats that keep transparency.	Export sheet ▸ Size ▸ Custom…
The Frame rate popup	Export at the project's rate, or at a fixed rate from 23.976 to 60 fps.	Export sheet ▸ Frame rate
The Speed row	Choose how long the AV1 encoder works on each frame, trading time against file size.	Export sheet ▸ Speed
Format default	The default row works the video rate out from the frame's size and rate, and uses 192 kbps sound.	Export sheet ▸ Quality ▸ Format default
Low, Medium, High and Maximum	Four tiers set a video rate from the frame's size, so a tier means the same picture quality at every size.	Export sheet ▸ Quality
How the rate scales	The video rate scales with the frame's area, rises for high frame rates, and is lower for the more efficient codecs.	Export sheet ▸ Quality
Audio bitrate by tier	A Quality tier also sets the AAC or Opus sound rate, from 128 to 320 kbps.	Export sheet ▸ Quality
When Quality greys out	Quality is greyed out for ProRes, WAV, AIFF, GIF and APNG, where the format fixes the rate.	Export sheet ▸ Quality
The Bit depth row	Write Audio only (WAV) or (AIFF) at 16 or 24 bits.	Export sheet ▸ Bit depth
The Range popup	Write the whole timeline, or only the in/out range.	Export sheet ▸ Range
Exports write the top-level timeline	An export always writes the top-level timeline, even when you're working inside a nest, so it can't use a nest's own range.	Export sheet ▸ Range
Sound ends with the range	A file's sound is exactly as long as the range it exports, including when a clip in it plays faster or slower.
The Stems row	An audio export can also write each track's sound as its own file beside the mix, for mixing or mastering in another editor.	Export sheet ▸ Stems
Which tracks get a stem	Only tracks you can hear get a stem, one per track or one per track name.	Export sheet ▸ Stems
Stem file names	A stem is named after the mix and its track, beside the mix.	Export sheet ▸ Stems
Overwriting and clean-up	A stem replaces a file of its name without asking, but never the project's media, and a cancelled or failed export removes what it wrote.	Export sheet ▸ Stems
Stems are pre-master	Each stem holds its tracks' sound as the mix plays it, but with no loudness target and no master limiter.	Export sheet ▸ Stems
The Loudness popup	Normalise the whole mix to an integrated loudness target, measured to ITU-R BS.1770-4.	Export sheet ▸ Loudness
Measuring, then one gain	The export measures the real mix first, then applies one gain to everything, so levels inside the timeline keep their relationship.	Export sheet ▸ Loudness
The master limiter	Every export with sound goes through a true-peak limiter at −1 dBTP, so a mix that would pass it is limited instead of clipped.
Track compressors in the export	A track's own compressor and limiter run before the master, on that track's sound alone, exactly as set.
What the loudness line means	Every export of a file with sound reports what that sound measured, whether or not you normalised it.	Exporting sheet
Burn in timecode	Writes the project's timecode into the exported picture, for a review copy; it appears only in the file, never in the preview.	Export sheet ▸ Burn in timecode
What a preset stores	A preset stores the choices on the sheet, not the numbers they resolve to, so it means the same on a document of another size.	Export sheet ▸ Preset
Apply a preset	Pick a preset from the Preset popup and every control is set exactly as if you had clicked it.	Export sheet ▸ Preset
Save a preset	Save the sheet's choices under a name, from the gear beside Preset.	Export sheet ▸ gear ▸ Save…
Delete a preset	Choose a preset in the popup, then choose Delete from the gear.	Export sheet ▸ gear ▸ Delete
Change a preset	Apply a preset, adjust the controls, and save again under the same name.	Export sheet ▸ gear ▸ Save…
Back to Custom	Changing a control by hand puts the Preset popup back on Custom.	Export sheet ▸ Preset
The presets file	Presets are kept for your macOS user account, so every project and window shares them.	~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/ExportPresets.json
The save panel	A save panel suggests the project's name with the format's extension and says what is being written.	Export sheet ▸ Export… or Add to Queue
The Exporting sheet	A progress bar, a percentage and a status line show the file being written.	Exporting sheet
Cancel a running export	Cancel stops the export and removes the half-written file.	Exporting sheet ▸ Cancel
The finish report	When an export finishes, the line names the file and says what the sound measured, with Show in Finder and Close.	Exporting sheet
Graphic and cursor warnings	A warning does not stop an export: the finish line adds a count and its tooltip lists each one.	Exporting sheet
When an export cannot run	An export that can't run says why in a sentence, on the sheet or on its queue row.	Exporting sheet
Quitting during a progress sheet	Frame Job won't quit while an Export… progress sheet is writing, and brings a minimised window or a hidden Frame Job back.	Exporting sheet
Add to Queue	Writes the same file without the wait: the export runs behind the editor while you keep working.	Export sheet ▸ Add to Queue
The Export Queue window	A window lists every queued, running and finished export, run one at a time while you keep editing.	Window ▸ Export Queue
A queued job's snapshot	A job holds the timeline as it was when you confirmed it, including its media files, reversed clips and graphics.	Window ▸ Export Queue
Queue rows and their buttons	Each row shows the file's name and state, with buttons to cancel the job, remove a finished row or reveal the file.	Window ▸ Export Queue
Clear Finished and Cancel All	Clear Finished removes every finished, cancelled and failed row, and Cancel All stops the running job and every waiting one.	Window ▸ Export Queue
Quitting with jobs in the queue	Quitting while a queued job runs or waits asks first.	Frame Job ▸ Quit Frame Job ⌘Q
The AV1 and VP9 memory wait	A queued AV1 or VP9 job waits if starting it would take the AV1 and VP9 exports running past a quarter of the Mac's memory.	Window ▸ Export Queue
Save Frame	Saves the frame under the playhead as a still.	File ▸ Save Frame… ⌥⌘E
PNG, JPEG or HEIC	The save panel's Format popup offers PNG, JPEG and HEIC, and a line under it says what each does with transparency.	File ▸ Save Frame… ▸ Format
Drawn the way an export draws it	The frame is drawn the way an export draws it, at the canvas's full size.	File ▸ Save Frame…
Save Frame inside a nest	Inside a nest the saved frame is the nest's own picture at the nest's time, the one the canvas shows.	File ▸ Save Frame…
Deep and HDR frames	A frame showing a deep still or 10-bit VP9 clip, and any PNG or HEIC from an HDR project, saves as 16-bit PNG or 10-bit HEIC.	File ▸ Save Frame…
Waiting for masks	A clip with Remove Background waits up to 30 seconds for that frame's masks, and past that the frame is saved with the clip whole.	File ▸ Save Frame…
Stills from an agent	An agent's render_frame writes the same file as Save Frame for the same frame and format.
Which formats keep transparency	A transparent canvas keeps its transparency only in ProRes 4444, HEVC with Alpha, VP9 with Alpha (WebM) and Animated PNG.	Document tab ▸ Appearance ▸ Background
Which transparent movie to send	VP9 with Alpha is for the web, HEVC with Alpha for Apple's players, and ProRes 4444 for another editor.	Export sheet ▸ Format
Straight alpha	The colour in all three transparent movies is straight, so a re-imported ProRes 4444 or HEVC with Alpha file composites correctly.
The same-shape rule	ProRes 4444, HEVC with Alpha and VP9 with Alpha won't write a different shape from the canvas, because padding would lose the alpha.	Export sheet ▸ Size ▸ Custom…
The Transparency note	While the canvas isn't fully opaque, the Document tab says how many export formats will keep its transparency.	Document tab ▸ Appearance
Chapters in exports	Chapter markers on the timeline become chapters in MP4, MOV, M4A and WebM files, in time order.	Document tab ▸ Markers ▸ Chapter
Chapters in a range export	A range export keeps the chapters inside the range, with their times counted from the start of the file.	Export sheet ▸ Range
The same picture as the preview	An export draws the picture the way the preview does, and view-only settings never reach the file.
What an export waits for	An export waits for masks, rendered sound, loudness measurements and cursor tracks, and never writes that sound silent or that clip uncut.	Exporting sheet
Missing media still exports	A clip whose file is missing still exports, showing its slate and with no sound.
Graphics as they were when you exported	An export draws graphics as they were when you asked for it, even if a graphic's code is saved again while it runs.
Burned-in captions	Captions are ordinary text clips, so they are always burned into the picture, never a switchable subtitle track.
Colour labels	An exported file carries colour labels for players to read: SDR files BT.709, HDR files BT.2020 with HLG or PQ.

The Assistant

Feature	What it does	Where
Your own Anthropic key	The Assistant runs on your own Anthropic API key, so Anthropic bills its usage to your account and there is no Frame Job account or relay.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant Needs your Anthropic key
The Assistant section of Settings	Settings has an Assistant section holding the key, the model and the chat settings.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ⌘,
Save your Anthropic API key	Paste your key into the Anthropic API key field and click Save or press Return. It is never shown again.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ▸ Anthropic API key:
Remove the saved key	Click Remove to delete the saved key. The button is only enabled while a key is saved.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ▸ Remove
The key's status line	A line above Save and Remove tells you the key's state and what your last press did.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant
Test your key	Sending a message from the Assistant tab is the test: a key Anthropic won't accept shows as an error in the transcript.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Choose the Assistant's model	Type a Claude model id, or leave the field blank for the default, claude-opus-5-5.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ▸ Model: Needs your Anthropic key
Compact when context reaches	Sets when a long conversation is replaced by a summary: on at 300,000 tokens, from 20,000 to 900,000.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ▸ Compact when context reaches … tokens Needs your Anthropic key
Clear old tool results	Off by default. Lets Anthropic drop old tool results from what the model sees past 150,000 tokens.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ▸ Clear old tool results past 150,000 tokens Needs your Anthropic key
A key or model change ends the conversation	Saving or removing the key, or changing to a different model, ends the conversation in every open window.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant Needs your Anthropic key
Chat settings apply at once	Changing the compaction or clearing settings applies to every open conversation and keeps each one going.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant Needs your Anthropic key
The Assistant ⓘ	The ⓘ beside the Assistant heading sums up what is sent and to whom, what it costs, where the key is kept, and what the chat settings do.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant ▸ ⓘ
Where the key is kept	A saved key lives in a file named anthropic-key that only your user account can read.	~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/anthropic-key
Settings agents can't touch	No tool reads or writes the key, the model or the chat settings, so neither an MCP agent nor the Assistant can see or change them.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant
A key from the environment	With no saved key, Frame Job uses the ANTHROPIC_API_KEY environment variable.	Launch Frame Job from a shell that sets ANTHROPIC_API_KEY
What the tab shows without a key	Without a key, the Assistant tab replaces the message field with a prompt and an Open Settings… button.	Assistant tab ▸ Open Settings…
If the helper is missing	The Assistant runs in a helper inside the app. A copy of Frame Job without it says so in the transcript when you send a message.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript
The Assistant tab	A conversation with Claude in the inspector of every editor window, which reads and edits that window's project.	Assistant tab ⌃⌘A Needs your Anthropic key
Open the Assistant	Shows the inspector if it was hidden, switches to the Assistant tab and puts the cursor in the message field.	View ▸ Assistant ⌃⌘A
The tab's layout	From the top: Context with Clear, Spend, the transcript, a row for any waiting question, and the message field with Send.	Assistant tab
The tab stays put	The Assistant's own edits change the selection without moving you off its tab, so you can read along.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Send a message	Type a request in the field and press Return or click Send; the field empties once the message is taken.	Assistant tab ▸ message field Needs your Anthropic key
Send with Return	Return or keypad Enter sends the message and gives the keys back to the editor, so Space plays while the Assistant works.	Assistant tab ▸ message field ↩ Needs your Anthropic key
New line in the message field	Return with ⇧, ⌘, ⌥ or ⌃ starts a new line.	Assistant tab ▸ message field ⇧↩
Tab leaves the message field	Tab and ⇧Tab give the keys back to the editor and never type a tab.	Assistant tab ▸ message field Tab
Undo in the message field	⌘Z and ⇧⌘Z in the field undo and redo your typing, which never lands on the project's undo stack.	Assistant tab ▸ message field ⌘Z
If a message can't be sent	If the conversation cannot start, the reason appears in red in the transcript and your text stays in the field.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
What each message carries	A short block describing your window goes with each message, so "this clip" and "the selected titles" mean what you'd expect.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
One conversation per window	Each editor window has its own conversation about its own project, and closing the window ends it.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Clear the conversation	Clear ends the conversation, empties the transcript and resets Spend and Context. Your next message starts a fresh one.	Assistant tab ▸ Context ▸ Clear (↺)
Streaming replies	A reply streams in as it's written, under your message, and the transcript scrolls to the newest line.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Working notes	The Assistant's notes between tool calls appear small and faint. They're its thinking updates.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Tool call lines	Each tool call shows as one small monospace line with the tool's name and its arguments.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
When a tool call doesn't work	A tool call that didn't work is followed by a failed: line giving the reason.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Permission lines	Each answered question is recorded in the transcript as Allowed: or Declined:, with the question's sentence.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Notes in the transcript	Small monospace notes record each turn's cost, compaction and clearing, a key or model change, and a spend ledger problem.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Errors in the transcript	An error is a red line that says what went wrong.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Automatic retries	Rate limits, outages and connection failures are retried up to three times before an error appears.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Copy from the transcript	The transcript is one block of text, so a selection can cross entries and ⌘C copies it as plain text.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript ⌘C
If the helper stops	If the helper stops, the transcript says so, a waiting question is declined, and your next message starts a new conversation.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
The same tools as MCP	The Assistant uses the same tools an agent uses over MCP, less a few held back, and searches for the one it needs.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to open, save and move around	It can open, create and save projects, move the playhead, set the in and out range, change the selection, and enter or leave a nest.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to change tracks, markers and the canvas	It can add, remove, reorder, rename, hide, mute, solo and lock tracks, edit markers, and change the canvas's size and frame rate.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to manage media	It can import, relink and remove media, copy it into the project (it asks first), and set a file's camera log.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to place clips	It can place media, text, shapes, backgrounds, adjustment clips and graphics, and insert, overwrite, paste and duplicate.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to edit clips	It can move, trim, split, slip, roll, rate-stretch, lift, ripple-delete, insert time, close gaps, detach audio and make J- and L-cuts.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to nest clips	It can nest clips or take a nest apart.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to change speed	It can set speed, reverse a clip, freeze a frame, add speed ramps, retime a range and speed up typing in a screen recording.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to change look and sound	It can change a clip's look and sound, add transitions, actions and zooms, rename it, turn its picture or sound off, and paste attributes.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it for captions and words	It can import captions, transcribe on this Mac, read a clip's timed words, and export captions.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to clean up audio	It can find and cut silences and filler words, normalise loudness, enhance a voice, match a clip's sound and synchronise audio.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Ask it to export	It can export, check how an export is going, or cancel it. Exporting asks first.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
It looks at rendered frames	The Assistant renders a frame of the finished timeline, drawn the way an export draws it, to look before and after a visual edit.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Each edit is an undo step	Each edit the Assistant makes is its own undo step, named in Edit ▸ Undo. Changes to graphics files make no undo step.	Edit ▸ Undo ⌘Z Needs your Anthropic key
Short replies	Its replies are a sentence or two and don't repeat what the tool lines already show.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Captions only on request	The Assistant writes or restyles a caption only when you ask.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Medium effort, thinking on	The model always runs at medium effort with thinking on, and Settings has no control for either.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Only its own window's project	The Assistant acts only on the project in its own window. A tool call that names another project doesn't run.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
It can't record	The Assistant can't record the screen or a camera, because recording needs a person at the Record button.	File ▸ New Recording… ⌥⌘N
It can't close the project	The Assistant can't close its own project, because that would close the window the conversation lives in.	File ▸ Close ⌘W
It can't use cloud transcription	The Assistant can't transcribe with AssemblyAI: audio leaves your Mac only when you choose it, with the price in front of you.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
It can't upload audio to find fillers	The Assistant can't start the cloud transcription that finds filler words, because that uploads audio. Press Transcribe yourself.	Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words…
What it asks about first	Before it exports, saves the project, copies media, exports a graphic or writes anything else to a path it chose, the Assistant waits for you to choose Allow or Deny.	Assistant tab ▸ ask-first row ▸ Allow or Deny Needs your Anthropic key
What each question reads	The question names the tool and the file it would write, and says when it would replace one.	Assistant tab ▸ ask-first row Needs your Anthropic key
File writes that do not ask	Temporary renders and files in the project's graphics folder are written without a question.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
The dot on the Assistant tab	While a question waits, a small accent dot shows on the Assistant tab title, whichever inspector tab you are on.	Inspector tab strip, beside Assistant
Declining	Deny tells the Assistant you declined, and it won't try that call again in the same turn unless you ask.	Assistant tab ▸ ask-first row ▸ Deny Needs your Anthropic key
A waiting question holds only its window	Other windows' Assistants and agents over MCP keep working while one window waits for an answer, and you can go on editing.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
MCP agents aren't bound by these rules	An agent over MCP drives the same tools directly, so it's never asked first and none of these tools is held back from it.
Stop a turn	Click Stop, the Send button while a turn runs or a question waits, to end the request to Anthropic and halt what has not started.	Assistant tab ▸ Stop Needs your Anthropic key
What stopping leaves in place	Stop undoes nothing and ends only the turn: edits that landed stay, and your next message carries on the same conversation.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Stop leaves queued exports alone	An export goes to the Export Queue as soon as it starts, so Stop doesn't reach it. Cancel it there, or ask the Assistant to.	Window ▸ Export Queue Needs your Anthropic key
The 30-round limit	One turn stops after 30 requests to Anthropic, with no error. Send another message to carry on.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Tool calls wait for your drag	A tool call that arrives during a drag waits until you release the mouse, then runs as its own undo step after yours.	Timeline, canvas or inspector slider drags
Tool calls take turns	The assistant's tool calls and MCP agents' calls take turns, one at a time, and each window's calls run in order.	Assistant tab
The context meter	The Context meter shows how much of the model's context window the conversation is using, as of the last response.	Assistant tab ▸ Context Needs your Anthropic key
Compaction	With Compact when context reaches on, a summary replaces the conversation at the end of the first turn to reach the threshold.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
With compaction off	With compaction off, a conversation grows until it fills the model's window, and requests then fail until you click Clear.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
Clearing old tool results	Past 150,000 tokens Anthropic may drop older tool results, keeping the five most recent. The conversation itself stays.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
All figures are estimates	Every cost figure is Frame Job's own estimate at LiteLLM's published prices. The Anthropic Console shows what you were billed.	Assistant tab
The cost of a turn	Each turn ends with a transcript line giving its estimated cost and the price table used.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
Unpriced responses	A response that could not be priced shows as unknown with its reason, never as $0.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript
Responses cut short	A response cut short by Stop or an error is priced from what had arrived.	Assistant tab ▸ transcript Needs your Anthropic key
The Spend row	The tab's Spend row adds up the conversation's turns since the last Clear, or since a key or model change ended the conversation.	Assistant tab ▸ Spend Needs your Anthropic key
This month's spend	A line in Settings, under Save and Remove, totals what the Assistant has cost in the current calendar month, in UTC.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant
Prices refreshed daily	Costs use LiteLLM's published Anthropic prices: a table built into the app, and a copy refreshed at most once a day.	~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/anthropic-prices.json
The spend ledger	Each response is written to spend.jsonl on your Mac with its model, tokens and estimated dollars, never your key or the conversation.	~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/spend.jsonl
What goes to Anthropic	Your messages, what the tools send back and the frames it renders go to Anthropic under your key, and nowhere else.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key
What stays on your Mac	The key file, the spend ledger and the cached price table stay in your Application Support folder.	~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/
The conversation lives in memory	A conversation is kept in memory only, so it goes when you clear it or close the window, and nothing is saved in the project.	Assistant tab Needs your Anthropic key

Agents and MCP

Feature	What it does	Where
The whole editor as tools	Frame Job serves its whole editor as MCP tools, so an agent such as Claude Code can open projects, cut, style, check frames and export.
The framejob-mcp helper	A small stdio MCP server inside the app bundle is how MCP clients connect to Frame Job.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ MCP
The tool list with Frame Job closed	A client can start a session and see every tool with nothing on screen.
Opening on the first tool call	If a tool call finds Frame Job not running, the helper launches its own copy in the background and waits for it.
Who can connect	Only programs running under your own account can connect, and any of them can while Frame Job is running; there is no network port.
Assistant rules do not bind an MCP client	The Assistant's limits and questions are its own: a client connected over MCP calls every tool directly and nothing asks you first.
Settings can't be changed by an agent	No MCP tool reads or writes anything in Settings, so keys, the model, the region and Background render are set only by a person.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ⌘,
The MCP section in Settings	Settings opens with an MCP section explaining how a client reaches Frame Job.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ MCP ⌘,
The helper path in Settings	The MCP section shows the full, selectable path of this copy's framejob-mcp.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ MCP ⌘,
Copy MCP Command	One button puts the Claude Code registration command for this copy of Frame Job on the clipboard.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ MCP ▸ Copy MCP Command ⌘,
The missing helper warning	If the helper is missing from this copy or can't be run, Copy MCP Command is dimmed and the status line says so.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ MCP
Connect Claude Code	Paste the copied command into Terminal to register Frame Job with Claude Code.
Claude Desktop and other stdio clients	Any MCP client that starts a stdio server can use the same helper by its path.
Testing a second copy	Setting RC_AGENT_SOCKET for both Frame Job and framejob-mcp keeps a test copy on its own socket, apart from your everyday one.
The local agent socket	Frame Job opens a local Unix socket every time it launches, with no switch to turn it on or off and no network port.
Streamable HTTP over the socket	The socket serves MCP as streamable HTTP, so a client that speaks HTTP over a Unix socket can connect directly.
The socket's folder and permissions	The socket sits in a private 0700 folder and is itself 0600; a folder with the wrong permissions means no socket at all.
One copy holds the socket	With several copies of Frame Job open, the first owns the socket and later ones leave it alone.
Stale socket cleanup	A socket file left by a crashed copy is removed and replaced automatically.
The socket released at quit	Quitting removes the socket file if it is still this copy's, and a call in flight cannot hold up the quit.
Socket status in the log	A launch that cannot open the socket logs why and carries on, with no dialog.	Console app
The helper stays in the bundle	The helper launches only the Frame Job it belongs to, so register it at its path inside the app bundle.
One launch between several clients	Two clients that both find no Frame Job launch one copy between them, not two.
The launch wait	The helper waits up to 60 seconds for a launched Frame Job, and RC_MCP_LAUNCH_WAIT changes that.
Failed launches	If a launched Frame Job never starts listening, the call says so and that client session stops launching more.
Long calls are never timed out	A forwarded tool call can take as long as it needs, so the helper never cuts off a long recording or analysis.
Errors from the helper	A call the helper could not deliver comes back as a tool result with isError true and a plain sentence.
Protocol versions	Frame Job speaks three MCP protocol revisions and uses the one a client asks for, or the newest if it asks for any other.
Tool list changes	If the list a client got from the stored copy differs from the running app's, the helper tells the client the list changed.
A custom socket path	RC_AGENT_SOCKET moves the socket to an absolute path of at most 103 bytes, in a folder held to the same permission rules.
One call at a time	Frame Job runs one tool call at a time, across every connected client and the Assistant.
Calls wait for your drag	A call made while you drag a clip, canvas handle or inspector slider waits until you let go, then runs as its own undo step.
A tool call never asks	A tool call never puts up an alert or asks for a permission; it comes back with a message instead.
The ffmpeg offer is declined	An agent's import never shows the ffmpeg question: unless you've chosen to convert automatically, the file is turned down with the reason.
close_project stops rather than asks	close_project won't close a project with unsaved changes unless passed discard: true, or a window with a sheet open.
Which project a call acts on	Every tool takes an optional project path; without it the call goes to the frontmost open project.
One call, one undo step	Every tool that edits makes exactly one undo step, however many clips it touched.
Edits show live	Every edit an agent makes shows in the window at once, marks the document edited and can be undone with ⌘Z.	Edit ▸ Undo ⌘Z
Analysis tools wait 60 seconds, then resume	A call that needs analysis waits at most 60 seconds; what was analysed is kept, so calling again carries on from there.
Calls and Background render	An MCP call stops Background render when it edits a project or moves a playhead; a call that only reads does not.
Times in ticks	Time arguments are in ticks, 600,000 to the second, and are rounded to the project's frame grid.
One id space	Clip, track, marker and media ids share one number space, so an id names one thing on its own.
Track order	tracks[0] is the back of the layer stack and the bottom lane of the timeline; a higher index draws in front.
Colour formats	Clip and canvas colours are [r, g, b, a] from 0 to 1, and a few other colours are spelled their own way.
Boolean spellings	A tool's boolean argument may also be sent as "true", "1", "false" or "0".
Keys that must be sent even when null	set_transition's kind and add_zoom_action's region must be sent even when null, because null means something.
No empty lists	An empty clips, ranges or groups list stops the call and names it; only set_selection takes an empty list, to select nothing.
Speed rates are clamped	set_speed and add_speed_ramp bring a rate outside ×0.1–×1000 into that range; a rate of zero or less stops the call.
How a patch merges	Property tools take a patch object that merges into what the clip already has, at every depth.
A bad patch names its path	An unknown key or wrong value in a patch stops the call, naming its dotted path and the value sent.
Unknown arguments are named	An argument a tool doesn't take stops the call before anything runs, and the message lists what it does take.
Text and shape shorthands	add_text_clip's text may be a plain string (the words), and add_shape_clip's shape a plain string (the kind).
Errors come back as tool results	Every outcome comes back as the tool's result, errors included, so a model can read it and correct itself.
A landed edit	An edit that landed returns ok: true, the ids it created and a short project summary.
A call that changed nothing	A message that the project is already in that state means nothing was wrong and no undo step was made, so it's safe to retry.
An edit a rule declined	A message reading "was refused at" means a rule declined the edit. It says what to act on, and no undo step was made.
Keyed tools with no key	A tool that sends to AssemblyAI needs your key only at the moment it would send; without one it stops and says where to set it.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription Needs your AssemblyAI key
Tools that never reach the network	Reads of words and analysis never make a network request and need no key.
The scope argument	Every edit tool takes scope, a nest id, so one call edits inside that nest from wherever the window is looking.
Opening and closing a nest with set_scope	set_scope opens a nest by its id or the clip that shows it, like double-clicking the clip; with no arguments it comes back out.	Clip ▸ Open Nest ⌘↓
Tools that follow the open nest	Tools that aren't plain edits take no scope and work in whatever nest set_scope has open.
protected_nests in detect_silence	detect_silence names the nest clips a quiet run crossed and left uncut, so you can open one and look for dead air inside it.
Edit tools that won't take a scope	Eleven edit tools have no meaning inside a nest and stop with an error if given a scope.
Document edits while a nest is open	With a nest only open, nine of those tools apply to the whole project, and the result lists what went there under document_ops.
Markers while a nest is open	add_marker, and set_marker with a time, return an error while a nest is open, because a marker sits at project time.
Document-wide limits inside a nest	An edit valid inside a nest can still fail, because the clip, track and nesting limits count the whole project.
A typical session	The usual order is open, read the project, import, place, edit, render a frame, save, export and poll.
get_project	Returns the whole project as JSON, the same document every edit changes; every other tool names things by the ids it reports.
The graphics summary	get_project reports each graphic module's name, revision, whether it compiles and the clips drawn by it.
Reading a file's Camera Log	get_project's media[].color reports a file's colour setting and shows detected: true for one set at import.
The report while a nest is open	While a nest is open get_project reports it as if it were the project, and render_frame draws it at its own size.
render_frame	Draws one frame of the finished timeline the way an export draws it, so an agent can see what the file will hold.	File ▸ Save Frame… ⌥⌘E
render_frame: t	Chooses the moment to render, in ticks; the playhead by default.
render_frame: path	Chooses where to write the file; a temporary file by default.
render_frame: format	Writes png, jpeg or heic, and wins over the path's extension.
render_frame: max_width	Caps the width at 16 to 8192 pixels; the picture keeps its shape and is never made larger than the canvas.
render_frame: burn_in_timecode	Draws the project timecode over the picture.	Export sheet ▸ Burn in timecode
render_frame: ungraded	Draws every clip as if it weren't graded, the picture View ▸ Show Ungraded gives.	View ▸ Show Ungraded
render_frame: selection	Given an adjustment clip's id, draws what its qualifier selects, the picture View ▸ Show Selection gives.	View ▸ Show Selection
render_frame: sdr_version	In an HDR project, draws its SDR version, the picture View ▸ Show SDR Version gives.	View ▸ Show SDR Version
render_frame: waveform, parade and histogram	Each also measures that scope: the text gives the clipping share and a JSON file beside the image holds the counts.	View ▸ Scopes
render_frame: vectorscope and vectorscope_zoom	Measures the vectorscope, with its neutral share in the text and an optional zoom of 1, 2 or 4.	View ▸ Scopes
Graphic problems in a rendered frame	When a graphic in the frame failed or warned, the text names it, and a failed graphic draws its error card in the picture.
Waiting for cutout masks	A Remove Background clip waits up to 30 seconds for the masks the frame needs; past that it's drawn whole and the text says so.
Frames from an HDR project	In an HLG project a PNG is 16-bit and a HEIC 10-bit, both labelled BT.2100 HLG; a JPEG or sdr_version frame is the SDR version.
export	Puts the job on the Export Queue and returns at once with export_id, path and status.	File ▸ Export… ⌘E
export_status	Reports how an export is going, as its Export Queue row does, and never waits.	Window ▸ Export Queue
cancel_export	Stops an export, as the queue row's Cancel does.	Window ▸ Export Queue ▸ Cancel
export_id and its lifetime	An export_id is known until Frame Job quits, even after its row is removed from the Export Queue.
When an export can't start or fails	A problem Frame Job can see from the request comes back from export; one while writing comes back from export_status as failed.
Export presets	Fifteen export presets cover video, audio and animated images.	Export sheet ▸ Format
Export frame rate	There is no frame-rate argument: an export runs at the project's rate, or 12.5 fps for gif and 25 fps for apng.
Export paths	An existing file at the path is replaced, and the file always ends in the preset's extension.
export: size	Chooses the output size: the document, a named short edge, the preset, or a [width, height].	Export sheet ▸ Size
export: range	Writes the whole timeline, or only the in and out range.	Export sheet ▸ Range
export: exact bitrates	An agent sets video and audio rates in bits per second directly.	Export sheet ▸ Quality
export: the loudness report	loudness_lufs normalises the whole mix, and a finished export reports its full loudness measurements.	Export sheet ▸ Loudness
peak_dbtp	Sets the ceiling of the limiter every export with sound goes through.
audio_bits	Chooses 16 or 24 bits for audio_wav and audio_aiff.	Export sheet ▸ Bit depth
export: stems	Also writes one file per heard track, or per track name, beside an audio mix.	Export sheet ▸ Stems
dynamic_range	Chooses HLG, HDR10 or the SDR version when exporting an HLG project.	Export sheet ▸ Dynamic Range
encoder_speed	Chooses faster, balanced or smaller for av1 and av1_webm.	Export sheet ▸ Speed
Transparent export presets	Four presets keep a transparent canvas transparent: prores_4444, hevc_alpha, vp9_alpha_webm and apng.
record_screen	Records for 1 to 600 seconds and lands the recording in the project as the panel does, with no countdown.	File ▸ New Recording… Needs screen recording permission
record_screen: seconds	How long to record, 1–600 s; required.
record_screen: source	screen, voice_over or camera; screen by default.
record_screen: display	Records a chosen shareable display, 0 being the main one.	Needs screen recording permission
record_screen: window	Records one window at its own size.	Needs screen recording permission
include_framejob_windows	Puts Frame Job's own windows in a display recording.	Recorder panel ▸ Include Frame Job windows
record_screen: microphone	Also records the default microphone to a second file that lands on a Microphone track.	Needs microphone permission
system_audio	Records what the system plays, except Frame Job, into the movie.
show_clicks	Shows each mouse click: drawn into the movie with in_picture, as click ripples with separate.
record_screen: cursor	separate keeps the pointer out of the movie for Frame Job to draw; in_picture burns it in.	Recorder panel ▸ Cursor Needs screen recording permission
record_screen: keys	shortcuts writes each shortcut, spelled, and a time-only typing mark for every other key into the cursor files.	Recorder panel ▸ Record shortcuts Needs input monitoring permission
record_screen: rate	Sets the most frames a second the file may hold, 30 or 60, and a new project's canvas rate.
record_screen: size	Records at a display's point or pixel size.
record_screen: path	Records into a folder of your choice; the file name is always the dated one.
record_screen: project	The open project to land in; the front project by default.
record_screen: place	Puts clips on the timeline, or with false adds the recording to the media list only.
Voice-overs	source: "voice_over" records the default microphone alone, and an argument it can't use stops the call by name.	File ▸ New Recording… Needs microphone permission
A camera alone	source: "camera" records a camera on its own, with camera to choose one and camera_format its format.	File ▸ New Recording… Needs camera permission
camera and camera_format	Names the camera by unique id or name in any case, and its format as 1920x1080@30, WIDTHxHEIGHT or best.
A camera beside the screen	With source: "screen" and camera, each stretch gets a camera movie on one new front Camera track in the same undo step.	File ▸ New Recording… Needs screen recording permission, camera permission
camera_layout	Lays each camera clip out from its first frame with its screen clip, as the panel's Layout does.	Recorder panel ▸ Layout Needs camera permission
camera_cutout	Runs Remove Background on the camera clips as its own undo step right after the landing.	Recorder panel ▸ Remove the camera's background when it lands Needs camera permission
record_screen: enhance	Runs enhance_voice on the microphone's clips at −16 LUFS as its own undo step once their sound is analysed.	Recorder panel ▸ Enhance the microphone when it lands Needs microphone permission
After-landing steps	auto_zoom, shortcut_overlays and speed_up_typing run those tools on the screen clips after the landing, each its own undo step.	Recorder panel ▸ When it lands: Needs screen recording permission
record_screen never asks for a permission	A missing permission stops the call with a message naming the System Settings pane; it never shows a prompt, the picker or Settings.
What record_screen checks first	A call is checked in a fixed order, the caller's own mistakes first, so an agent hears of a mistake even with no permission given.
A person can pause or stop a recording	The same menu-bar item appears while an agent records, so a person can pause, resume or stop it; the recording still lands.	Menu bar recording item
What record_screen returns	The result reports the files, duration, stretches, pauses, how it stopped, where it landed, and media and clip ids.
Undoing a recording	Undo removes the recording's media and clips in one step and leaves the files on disk.
The tool catalog	Frame Job gives an agent 125 tools: 69 edit tools, each one undo step, and 56 app tools for files, reads, the view and whole commands.
How arguments are published	Each tool publishes its arguments as JSON Schema: names, kinds, closed lists of values, bounds and which are required.
set_video: position, scale, rotation, opacity and blend	Places, scales, turns and fades a clip, and chooses how it combines with what is under it.
set_video: crop and corners	Crops a clip's edges in place and rounds its corners.
set_video: shadow, chroma key, filters, reflection, spotlight and obscure	Adds a clip's picture effects, each an object that merges or a list that replaces.
set_video: cutout	Remove Background: the clip drawn as its subject alone, from masks made on this Mac.	Clip ▸ Remove Background
set_video: cursor	Styles how the pointer recorded beside a screen recording is drawn on a clip, through eight keys.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Cursor
set_video: motion	Gives a clip an entrance, an exit and a motion all the way through.	Clip ▸ Motion ▸
set_video: motion_blur	Blurs a clip and its moving cursor along their motion, as a shutter fraction of a frame.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Transform ▸ Motion Blur
set_video: hide_silent	Fades the clip out while a media's speech is silent, and back in ahead of the next words.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Hide While Silent
set_video: behind_subject	Cuts the clip by the person of every cut-out clip behind it, so the person stands in front.	Clip tab ▸ Picture ▸ Behind Subject
set_video: color	Sets all thirteen Light and Color values through one patch.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Light, Color
set_video: wheels	Pushes lift, gamma and gain towards a hue and sets each one's brightness.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Wheels
set_video: curves	Writes the master, red, green, blue, Hue vs Hue and Hue vs Sat curves, one list of points per channel.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Curves
set_video: look	Applies one of eight built-in looks at an amount, or an imported .cube LUT.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Look
set_video: qualifier	Narrows which pixels an adjustment clip grades, by hue, saturation and luma.	Clip tab ▸ Color ▸ Qualifier
set_text: word timings and word style	set_text edits a caption page's words, their timing and how the active word is drawn.
set_action_end: graphic props	set_action_end animates a graphic clip's props, through a graphic group in its patch.	Clip tab ▸ Graphic ▸ Properties
set_action_end: speed	set_action_end's speed ramps a media clip's rate along the action's curve and holds it after.	Clip tab ▸ Clip ▸ Speed ▸ Rate
set_action_end: switching off at an end	set_action_end's off turns an optional property off at an action's end.
set_track: compressor and limiter	set_track's compressor and limiter each take a whole object, or null to clear, and work on timeline tracks only.	Track ▸ Mix…
set_track: mattes	set_track's matte makes a track cut the track directly behind it.	Track ▸ Matte
set_track	Sets name, Hide Video, Mute Audio, Lock Track, Solo and Matte, and the mix panel's volume, pan, compressor and limiter.	Track ▸ Hide Video / Mute Audio / Lock Track / Solo
set_audio: volume and mute	Sets a clip's gain, from 0 to 32, and mutes it.
set_audio: fades and fade shapes	Fades a clip's sound in and out, and chooses each fade's curve.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Fades
set_audio: ducking	Lowers other sound while this clip plays, or only while its speech plays.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Ducking
set_audio: mono, keep pitch, pan and channels	Plays a clip in mono, keeps its pitch at a new speed, pans it, and picks or swaps its channels.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Channels
set_audio: compressor and limiter	Compresses a clip's sound and adds a true-peak limiter last in its chain.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Compressor, Limiter
set_audio: noise reduction and voice isolation	Reduces noise, or isolates a voice with Apple's on-device model.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Noise Reduction, Voice Isolation
set_audio: EQ	Shapes a clip's tone with seven slots.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ EQ
set_audio: hum removal	Notches out mains hum and its harmonics.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Hum
set_audio: gate	Turns the pauses down with a downward expander.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Gate
set_audio: leveller	Evens out a speaker who moves on and off the mic, from a gain curve made ahead of time.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Leveller
set_audio: de-esser	Turns the band above a frequency down on sibilance.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ De-esser
set_audio: voice effects	Replaces a clip's sound with a rendered voice effect.	Clip tab ▸ Sound ▸ Voice Effect
Cutting what detect_silence and detect_fillers found	Pass the ranges of detect_silence or detect_fillers to ripple_delete_ranges to make the cut.
transcribe engines	transcribe runs on this Mac by default, or with AssemblyAI using your key.
transcribe: speakers and vocabulary	With AssemblyAI, speakers starts a new cue at a change of speaker and vocabulary says which words to expect.	Needs your AssemblyAI key
Checking a transcript before placing it	place: false returns the cues without changing the project.
transcribe: caption styles and paging	style chooses subtitles or one of five word styles, and word styles fill each page to the width it measures on this canvas.	File ▸ Generate Captions… ▸ Style
transcribe: caption looks	slide, fill and dim add looks to a word style's pages, each false unless given.	File ▸ Generate Captions…
transcribe: restyling captions	replace removes earlier caption tracks when restyling.
Where get_transcript's words come from	Words come from the file's saved AssemblyAI transcript, else this Mac's own recogniser, and reading never uploads anything.
Fillers in a transcript	Each word says whether it is a filler, and fillers_reported says whether the transcript was made with filler words at all.
get_transcript: the from and to window	A from/to window in timeline time returns only the words that overlap it, and a word crossing an edge comes back whole.
Heard words and editable words	Words come from every clip playing speech, nests included; each says if cutting it is safe and keeps its id across edits.
Read once per file	A file with no saved AssemblyAI transcript is read whole by this Mac's recogniser once, and the words are saved in the project.
Duplicate speech	When two clips of different files carry the same speech at the same time, notes names the pair and both sets of words stay.
get_timeline_transcript: paging	Long timelines come in pages of at most 2,000 words, with a place to continue from.
Cutting words and pauses	Each word and pause carries the range the Transcript tab would cut it by, and one ripple_delete_ranges does the cut.
get_timeline_transcript	Reads every word heard on the timeline or in the open nest, in timeline order, nested clips included.	Transcript tab
get_transcript	Reads one clip's spoken words with their times on the timeline.
get_media_analysis kind: shots	Finds the hard cuts, with clip and timeline times when you name a clip.
get_media_analysis kind: masks	Says where a person is, as runs of frames, never the masks themselves.
get_media_analysis kind: faces	Finds every face ten times a second, with its box, its tilt and how wide and open the mouth is.
get_media_analysis kind: subjects	Finds boxes for people and the regions the eye is drawn to, ten times a second.	View ▸ Show Subjects
get_media_analysis kind: sound_events	Says how sure Apple's sound classifier is of laughter, applause, cheering, a crowd, music and speech, every 0.75 s.
reframe_clip follow: subject, face, person and salient	Follows a face, a person or a salient region found on this Mac, analysing the clip first.
reframe_clip follow: cursor	Follows a screen recording's recorded pointer from its media's cursor file, with no analysis and no wait.
reframe_clip follow: layout	Re-lays a camera clip's camera layouts and its screen's on the current canvas.
reframe_clip follow: speaker	Frames a wide shot of two to four people on whoever is talking, from the microphone clips in mics.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version… ▸ Follow ▸ Speaker
reframe_clip follow: center	Holds the frame on the middle of the picture for the whole clip, at zoom.
reframe_clip follow: fit	Shows the whole picture for the whole clip.
reframe_clip follow: keep	Rescales the clip from the canvas it was made for.
reframe_clip: zoom, where_empty, backdrop and replace	Sets how tight the frame is, what shows where nothing is found, a blurred copy behind, and whether the clip's own moves are kept.	Clip ▸ Add Blurred Background
reframe_clip's analysis wait	The tool analyses the part of the file the clip plays and waits up to a minute; past that it changes nothing and says how much is done.
Clips reframe_clip won't frame	A clip that can't be framed stops the call with one sentence saying why, and the checks run in a fixed order.
make_vertical_version: subject following	Each movie clip that fills the old frame on one side is framed on its subject, or shown whole where nothing is found.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version: screen recordings follow the cursor	A screen recording with a cursor file follows its cursor, its own zooms and pans replaced, or is shown whole when the file cannot be read.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version follow: speaker	With follow: speaker and mics, a wide shot of two to four people cuts to whoever is talking.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version: camera layouts re-laid	A camera and its screen in camera layouts are re-laid for the new canvas.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version: stills, graphics, titles and plates	Stills and nests are centred; other items are resized, kept or re-filled by kind.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version: a copy or in place	By default it opens a new project holding the change as one undo step "Make Vertical"; copy: false applies it to the project you name.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version: captions re-paged	Word caption tracks are re-paged for the new canvas as relay_captions does.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
make_vertical_version: bundled templates updated	In a copy, older copies of bundled templates are rewritten with the current text; in place they are only listed.	File ▸ Make Vertical Version…
switch_by_speaker options	Every argument is optional, and each tunes how the Program track is cut.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
switch_by_speaker: previewing with apply: false	apply: false returns the planned shots without editing the project.
switch_by_speaker: faces mode	When one microphone is shared by two or more cameras, their faces decide who talks.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
When switch_by_speaker won't cut	Nothing changes, and problems that are checked together are all named in one sentence.	Clip ▸ Switch by Speaker…
render_graphic: the contact sheet	The png format returns up to 16 frames on a grid, each frame number under its cell.
render_graphic: one frame as SVG	The svg format returns one frame's SVG text, its diagnostics and the ctx it was drawn with.
render_graphic options	render_graphic can draw with chosen properties, size, width limit, background and output path.
Editing the graphics folder with your own file tools	An agent may edit the graphics folder with its own file tools, and the app sees the change within a moment.
Write, place, change and check a graphic	An agent writes a module, places a clip with explicit options, changes it, animates it and checks a timeline frame.
What can and cannot be undone in graphics	File writes can't be undone, but placing and changing clips can; Frame Job keeps the last 10 versions of each module.
Fonts and pictures for graphics	An agent adds a font or a picture to the project's graphics by path.

Reference

Feature	What it does	Where
How to read the menu tables	What the key symbols, the (key) mark, Always and "the current track" mean in the menu tables.
Frame Job menu	About, Check for Updates…, Settings…, the Hide items and Quit, and what can stop a quit.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ⌘,
File menu: projects and recording	The File menu's first groups make, open, close and save projects, and start or stop a recording.	File ▸ New Project ⌘N
File menu: media, captions and graphics	The File menu's middle group brings in media, captions, fonts and pictures, and looks after the project's graphics.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
File menu: export	The File menu ends with Export… for a movie and Save Frame… for a still.	File ▸ Export… ⌘E
Edit menu	Undo and redo, the clipboard, Delete and Ripple Delete, Insert and Overwrite at Playhead, and the selection commands.	Edit ▸ Undo ⌘Z
Insert menu	Adds an adjustment clip, a graphic, or a title behind the person.	Insert ▸ Adjustment Clip
Track menu	Adds and removes tracks, and sets the current track's picture, sound, lock, solo, mix and matte.	Track ▸ New Track ⇧⌘N
Mark menu	Adds and steps through markers, and sets or clears the in/out range.	Mark ▸ Add Marker M
View menu: zoom, snapping and panes	Canvas zoom, Fit Timeline, Snapping, Safe Areas, the inspector, its Transcript and Assistant tabs, and track height.	View ▸ Zoom In ⌘+
View menu: preview, grade and meters	Preview Quality, the Preview Window, and the view items that change what you see but never an export.	View ▸ Preview Window ⇧⌘P
Window menu	Minimize, Zoom, the Export Queue, Bring All to Front and the list of open windows.	Window ▸ Minimize ⌘M
Help menu	Opens the bundled graphics scripting reference. Frame Job ships no help book, so this site is the help.	Help ▸ Graphics Reference
The Clip menu in order	Every Clip menu item from top to bottom, with its shortcut.	Clip menu
Clip menu: cutting and trimming	Split, Split at Shot Changes, the two Trim to Playhead items, Freeze Frame and Close Gap.	Clip ▸ Split ⌘T
Clip menu: sound	Detach and Attach Audio, Normalize, Enhance Voice, Match Audio…, Synchronize Audio and Switch by Speaker….	Clip ▸ Detach Audio ⌥⌘D
Clip menu: actions, automatic moves and speed	Add Action, the commands that write moves for you, and the speed commands.	Clip ▸ Add Action ⌥⌘K
Clip menu: Remove Silences and Remove Filler Words	Remove Silences… cuts dead air with no key. Remove Filler Words… cuts "um"s and "uh"s, usually with your AssemblyAI key.	Clip ▸ Remove Silences…
Clip ▸ Transition ▸	Sets the transition into the clip.	Clip ▸ Transition ▸
Clip ▸ Motion ▸	Sets how the clip enters, leaves and moves, and previews it.	Clip ▸ Motion ▸
Clip ▸ Look ▸	Puts a look or a LUT on the clip.	Clip ▸ Look ▸
Clip ▸ Remove Background	Keeps the person and removes the rest of the picture, or turns that off.	Clip ▸ Remove Background
Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸	Lays out the camera and the screen behind it at the playhead, eased over half a second and held until the next switch.	Clip ▸ Camera Layout ▸
Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸	Changes which camera track the selected shot comes from, keeping its span, switches and dissolves, as one undo step.	Clip ▸ Switch Angle ▸
Clip ▸ Add Background ▸ and Add Blurred Background	Puts a white rectangle, a picture or a blurred copy of a clip on a new track behind everything.	Clip ▸ Add Background ▸
Clip ▸ Rename… and Label ▸	Renames the selected clip in place on the timeline and gives clips a colour label.	Clip ▸ Rename… ⇧⌘R
Clip menu: nests	Nest, Un-nest, Open Nest and Close Nest.	Clip ▸ Nest ⌘G
How the keys are shared	Keys with no modifier belong to the editor window and stop while you type or a sheet is open. The rest are menu shortcuts.
Every shortcut on a menu item	Every shortcut that belongs to a menu item, grouped by job.
Playback and moving the playhead	Space, J, K, L, the arrows, Home and End play and move the playhead. None has a menu item.	Space
Editing keys	Keys with no modifier that nudge, trim, mark, add text, and turn on crop and region modes.
Keys in text on the canvas	What Return and Escape do while text is edited in place on the preview.	↩
Keys in a rename field	Return or Tab saves a clip, track or marker name on the timeline, and ⎋ keeps the old one.	Timeline ↩
Keys in the Transcript	With the Transcript tab's text focused, the arrows move by word and line and Delete cuts words.	Transcript tab ←
Keys in the Assistant's message field	Return sends, and Return with a modifier starts a new line.	Assistant tab ↩
The toolbar's timecode field	Click the timecode, type a time and press Return to jump there.	Toolbar timecode field ↩
Keys in inspector fields	Return and Tab apply a value; Escape throws it away.	Inspector ↩
Modes that ⎋ leaves	Escape backs out of a canvas drag, crop mode, region mode, the eyedroppers and a selected curve point.	⎋
Timeline gestures: selecting	Click, ⇧-click and marquee selection on the timeline.	Timeline ⇧-click
Timeline gestures: moving clips	Drag moves clips in time and to other tracks; ⌥-drag duplicates.	Timeline ⌥-drag
Timeline gestures: trim, rate stretch, slip and roll	Dragging a clip's edge trims it; modifiers make it a rate stretch, a roll or, on the body, a slip.	Timeline ⌥-drag
Timeline gestures: fades and the volume line	Dragging a fade handle sets an audio fade; dragging the volume line sets the level.	Timeline ⌥-click
Timeline gestures: action bands	Click a band to select an action; drag it or its edges to move and resize it.	Timeline
Timeline gestures: double-clicks and the nest breadcrumb	A double-click renames a clip, opens a nest or closes a gap; the breadcrumb comes back out of a nest.	Timeline
Timeline gestures: the ruler and markers	Click or drag the ruler to scrub. Drag a marker to move it, or double-click it to rename it.	Timeline ruler
Timeline gestures: track headers	Drag to restack, double-click to rename, and five buttons on each header.	Track header ⌥-click
Timeline gestures: snapping	With snapping on, drags snap within 8 points. Hold ⌘ to turn it off for that drag.	Timeline N
Timeline gestures: zoom and scroll	Pinch or ⌥ / ⌘ scroll zooms around the pointer; a plain scroll scrolls.	Timeline Pinch
Dragging media in	Drag a Media row to a track or the canvas, or files from the Finder onto the window.	Media tab ⌥
Preview canvas gestures: selecting and moving	Click selects the front-most visible clip, ⇧-click adds to the selection, and a drag moves the selected clips.	Preview canvas ⇧-click
Preview canvas gestures: scale, rotate and crop	The handles scale and rotate a clip; crop mode trims its edges.	Preview canvas ⌥
Preview canvas gestures: endpoints, obscure regions and text	Drag a line's ends and an obscure region's grips, and double-click text to edit it.	Preview canvas ⌥
Preview canvas gestures: zoom and pan	Pinch or ⌥ / ⌘ scroll steps the zoom; a scroll or Space-drag pans a canvas larger than the preview.	Preview canvas Pinch
Color tab controls	Hold ⌥ for fine moves on wheels, strips and curve points. Double-click a wheel or strip to reset it.	Clip tab ▸ Color ⌥
Buttons with no menu item	Loop, the timeline zoom controls, Add Text and Add Shape have no menu item, and a few buttons match View menu items.	Toolbar and timeline bar
Add Shape	The timeline bar's Add Shape button adds a rectangle, ellipse, line or arrow. No menu bar item lets you choose one.	Timeline bar ▸ Add Shape
Where a right-click opens a menu	Right-click or ⌃-click opens a menu on a track header or empty lane, a Media row, an inspector row and a curves channel.	⌃-click
Track header or empty lane	The menu for the track you clicked, showing that track's own state.	Right-click or ⌃-click a track's header or the empty part of its lane
Media row	The menu for one file in the Media tab; it acts on the clicked row whatever the list's selection is.	Right-click a row in the Media tab
Inspector row	Right-click a row's label, slider, checkbox or the space beside them; the menu shows only what applies to that row.	Right-click a row in the inspector
Curves channel strip	Right-click a channel in the Color tab's curves strip to reset that curve.	Right-click a cell of the curve editor's channel strip
Recording status item	While a recording runs, its time shows in the macOS menu bar, and a click offers its controls.	The menu bar's recording item
The Settings window	One window holds what belongs to you and not to a project, in four sections: MCP, Assistant, Transcription and Playback.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ⌘,
The ⓘ buttons	The Assistant, Transcription and Playback headings each carry an ⓘ that explains the section.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ ⓘ beside a heading
Settings: MCP	Tells an MCP client such as Claude Code how to reach Frame Job, shows the helper's path and copies the command that registers it.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ MCP
Settings: Assistant	Your Anthropic API key, the model, and two settings for long conversations.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Assistant
Settings: Transcription	Your AssemblyAI key and region, used by File ▸ Generate Captions… with AssemblyAI chosen and by Clip ▸ Remove Filler Words….	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Transcription
How the two key fields behave	A saved key is never shown again; a line under the controls reports what happened to it.	Frame Job ▸ Settings…
Settings: Playback	Whether Frame Job draws graphics ahead of time while you are idle, and how long it waits first.	Frame Job ▸ Settings… ▸ Playback ▸ Background render
What agents can't reach in Settings	No MCP tool reads or writes anything in Settings: keys, the model, the region and Background render are set only by a person.
View choices Frame Job remembers	Snapping, Safe Areas, the inspector, track height and Preview Quality: the next window opens with your last choice.	View menu
Pane sizes	Dragging a divider sizes the inspector or the timeline, and new windows open at that size.	Drag the divider above the timeline, or left of the inspector
The Preview Window's frame	The Preview Window opens where the last one was left, on a second display for example.	View ▸ Preview Window ⇧⌘P
What is not remembered	Scopes, the meter and other view items start off in each window. Timeline zoom, Loop, the playhead and the in/out range reset.
Sheets that reopen on your last choice	Some sheets reopen on what you chose last time; these are your choices, not the project's, and no agent tool reads them.
The recorder panel	The recorder panel reopens on your last choices, apart from Record Into:.	File ▸ New Recording… ⌥⌘N
Inspector sections	Whether each inspector section is collapsed or expanded is remembered, per section, in every window.	Inspector ▸ section headers
Permission questions already asked	Frame Job remembers that it has already asked macOS, because macOS will not show its prompt twice.	Recorder panel ▸ Record
Convert on import	Choosing Do this automatically from now on in the Convert / Repackage alert remembers your answer.	Import alert ▸ Do this automatically from now on
Automatic update checks	The downloaded copy remembers your answer to whether it should check for updates automatically, and when it last checked.
Where these are kept	All of these live in macOS's preferences for Frame Job, the com.kgalligan.FrameJob domain; keys are never stored there.
The Application Support folder	Frame Job's own folder is ~/Library/Application Support/Frame Job/.
Key files	Your keys are the files assemblyai-key and anthropic-key in Frame Job's Application Support folder.
How keys are stored	Each key is a plain file readable and writable only by your user account.
Keys from the environment	If no key is stored, Frame Job falls back to an environment variable, useful when you launch it from a terminal.
The spend ledger and price table	spend.jsonl records one line per assistant response; anthropic-prices.json is the cached price table.
Export presets	Your named export presets are kept in ExportPresets.json.
Rewrapped copies	Movies Frame Job converted or repackaged from files macOS could not open live in the Rewrapped folder.
The agent socket	The local socket MCP clients connect to is created at every launch.
Recordings	Screen recordings, camera recordings and voice-overs go to ~/Movies/Frame Job Recordings/, named by date and time.
Projects	Projects are .framejob packages wherever you save them, and hold their own caches.
Movies	MOV, MP4, M4V and other containers macOS plays, with H.264, HEVC, ProRes, MJPEG or MPEG-4 video, and VP9 and AV1 with limits.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
WebM and Matroska	.webm and .mkv with VP9, AV1, H.264 or HEVC video and Opus, Vorbis or AAC sound, copied unchanged into a QuickTime movie.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Sound	M4A (AAC, ALAC), MP3, WAV and AIFF everywhere; other formats macOS plays, such as CAF and FLAC, import when dropped on the Media tab.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Any sample rate	A source that is not 48 kHz stays aligned on the timeline through a hidden 48 kHz copy.
MP3 gapless start	An MP3's encoder delay is skipped, at any sample rate, so its sound starts on time.
Pictures	PNG, JPEG and HEIC everywhere; TIFF, GIF, BMP, HEIF, WebP and AVIF import when dropped on the Media tab.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Deep and HDR stills	A still deeper than 8 bits a component is drawn at 16-bit float, and one labelled HLG or PQ is read as HDR.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Movies with alpha	Transparency in a movie is detected on import.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Portrait and rotated movies	A portrait phone clip imports at its display size, not sideways.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Variable and unusual frame rates	A rate within 0.01 fps of a standard one becomes exactly that rate, and any other keeps three decimals.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
LUTs	.cube 3D LUTs, applied as a clip's look or as a file's Camera Log.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Caption files are not media	An .srt or a .vtt comes in through File ▸ Import Captions…, not as media.	File ▸ Import Captions…
Which way in takes which file	The Add Media… and Open panels list fewer types than a drop on the Media tab takes.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
What a package is	A project is one .framejob package: a folder the Finder shows as one file, holding the edit, its caches and, on request, copies of the footage.	File ▸ Save ⌘S
project.json	The edit itself: canvas, media list, tracks, clips, markers, and the only thing a package needs in order to open.
cache/	Things Frame Job can rebuild, so a package with a missing or damaged cache/ still opens and redraws.
Transcripts are worth keeping	A transcript from AssemblyAI costs money to make again, so treat cache/transcripts/ as worth keeping.
media/	Copies of the footage, present only after Consolidate Media….	File ▸ Consolidate Media…
graphics/	Graphic modules, their fonts, images and kept versions, present only once you add a graphic, font or image.
How a package travels	Moving, copying or consolidating a package keeps its caches.
Project size	A project holds at most 4,096 clips, 64 tracks, 1,024 markers and 1,024 media files, with nests up to 8 deep.
Canvas, layers and text	Canvas sides are even numbers from 16 to 16,384 px, and a clip takes up to 4 filters and 4 obscure regions.
Timeline and editing	The overlap rule, the one-frame minimum and the timeline's ranges.
Speed	A rate is always between ×0.1 and ×1000, and a clip keeps its sound up to ×12.
Audio	Clip volume reaches 3200 % and track volume +12 dB, and the gate, leveller and de-esser need a measured clip.
Captions and transcription	AssemblyAI takes files up to 10 hours long and 1,000 Vocabulary terms, and caption import reads SubRip and WebVTT.
Colour	A curve holds 2 to 16 points, and only 3D .cube LUTs of size 2 to 65 are read.
Export	Custom sizes of 16 to 8,192 px, 600 frames for an animated GIF or PNG, and the limits on loudness, 24-bit sound and transparency.
Graphics	A graphic draws at most 8,192 pixels on a side.
Recording	Camera frame rates, the panel's five layouts and the menu-bar item's length. No global shortcut stops a recording.
The Assistant and agents	The compaction threshold is 20,000 to 900,000 tokens, and a launch or get_media_analysis waits up to 60 seconds.
Settings and tools	Background render's wait, the inspector and timeline pane sizes, and where Frame Job looks for ffmpeg.
A command is greyed out	Every menu item has a rule for when it is on: check the selection, a nest, an open sheet and any key it needs.
A key does nothing	Single-letter keys and the arrow keys stop working while you type in a field or a sheet is open.
The app beeps and an edit doesn't happen	When the project's rules won't allow an edit, the app beeps, nothing changes and the rule appears at the foot of the inspector.
A project won't open	A project that can't be read fails with a message naming the problem, and Frame Job doesn't rewrite the package.	File ▸ Open… ⌘O
A file won't import	Frame Job tells you which file it couldn't add and why.	File ▸ Add Media… ⇧⌘I
Clips show a slate	A project always opens; clips whose file is gone keep their place, show a slate, and their media rows wear the missing badge.	Right-click a row in the Media tab ▸ Relink…
A clip is silent	Check the clip's own sound, the track's Mute and Solo, the clip's rate and whether its sound is still rendering.
An export won't start or stops	An export that fails says why and leaves no finished file.
A feature asks for a key	Anything that sends your words or audio to a language or cloud model needs your own key.
Recording won't start	A recording needs macOS's permissions, asked only when you press Record.	System Settings ▸ Privacy & Security
An agent can't reach Frame Job	Only programs running as you can connect, through the framejob-mcp helper.
Glossary: projects and the timeline	Words for the things you edit.
Glossary: picture and sound	Words for what is drawn and heard.
Glossary: graphics and agents	Words for code-drawn clips and for driving Frame Job from an agent.
Frame Job's licence	Frame Job is released under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
Third-party notices	Every copy of the app carries Acknowledgements.txt, listing every third-party notice it owes, each with its licence text.	Frame Job.app ▸ Contents/Resources/Acknowledgements.txt
What carries its own licence	The bundled fonts, the voice-activity model, the encoders and the patched tiny-skia keep their own licences.